You are on page 1of 376



1997 1997 1997 1997 1997
R ' S


Supplement to the1997 Chevrolet Lumina and Monte Carlo Owner’s Manuals
This is a correction to informationfound on page 2-34and 2-35 (Lumina)and page 2-34 (Monte Carlo).

Daytime Running Lamps Automatic / Headlamp Control
Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) can make it easier for others to see the front of your vehicle during the day. DRL can be helpful in many different driving conditions, but they can be especially helpful in the short periods after dawn and before sunset. A light sensor on top of the instrument panel makes the DRL work, so be sure it isn’t covered. The DRL system will make your high-beam headlamps come on at a reduced brightness when: The ignition is on, The headlamp switch is off and The parking brake is released.

When the DRL are only your reduced intensity on, high-beam headlamps will be on. The taillamps, sidemarker and otherlamps won’t be on.Your instrument panelwon’t be lit up either. When it’s dark enough outside, your DRL will turn off and yourlow-beam headlamps will turn on. The other lamps that come on with your headlamps will also come on. When it’s brightenough outside, the low-beam headlamps willgo out and DRL turns on your high-beam headlamps at reduced intensity. To idle your vehicle with the DRL set theparking off, brake while the ignitionis in OFF or LOCK. Then start your vehicle.The DRL will stay off until you release the parking brake.
As with any vehicle, youshould turn on the regular headlamp system whenyou need it.






This is a correction to informationfound on page 6-58 and 6-59for Lumina and Monte Carlo.


Instrument Panel Fuse Block


Not Used Power Windows Power Seats Not Used


Rating Description
Cigar Lighter-- Instrument Panel and Console Cigar Lighters Not Used Not Used HVAC -- HVAC Control Assembly Solenoid Box, Mix Motor, DRL Module, HVAC Control Head, Defogger Relay, (S.E.O.) Digital Speedometer



Hazard Flasher R.H. Spot Lamp (S.E.O.)

Circuit Breaker Description A Not Used



This isa correction to informution found on page 6-58 and 6-59for Lumina and Monte Carlo.


Rating Description
Starter Relay Not Used Not Used YP Electronics Battery -- Chime Module, Electronic Brake Control Module (EBCM), Theft-Deterrent Module, Radio DLC


Rating Description
Not Used Not Used Power Accessory #1-- Door Lock Switches, Trunk Courtesy Lamp, O/S Mirror Switch, (S.E.O.) Emergency Vehicle-Rear Compartment Lid Lamp or Window Panel Lamps Steering Wheel Control#2 -- Steering Wheel Radio Controls Air Bag -- Air Bag System Cruise Control -- Cruise Control Cut-Out Switch, Cruise Control Module, Turn Signal Cruise ControlSwitches Stoplamps -- Stoplamp Switch (Brake) Not Used EnglisWMetric (S.E.O.) Not Used Not Used

8 9


11 12

-Power Accessory##2 Sunroof Control Unit, (S.E.O.) Accessory Feed
Anti-Theft/PCM -- Theft-Deterrent Module, Powertrain Control Module, (PCM) IGN Syst. Relay ABS -- Electronic Brake Control Module (EBCM), ABS Relay HVAC Blower Motor -- Blower Motor Relay L.H. Spot Lamp (S.E.O.) Steering Wheel Control #1 -- Steering Wheel Radio Control Lighting

20 21 22

13 14 15 16

23 24 25 26 27


This is a correction to information found page 6-58 and 6-59for M i n a and Monte Carlo. on


Rating Description
CTSY Lamps -- Vanity Mirrors, UP Compartment Lamp, US Lighted Rearview Mirror, Dome Lamp Wiper -- Wiper Switch Turn Signal -- Turn Signal Flasher Not Used Power Locks -- Door Lock Relay, Remote Keyless Entry Receiver DRL MDL -- Daytime Running Lamp Module, (S.E.O.) Accessory Switch Not Used Not Used Not Used Rear Defog -- Rear Window Defogger Switch Relay

Fuse Description Rating
38 Radio -- Radio, Power Drop I/P Electronics Ignition Feed -Headlamp Switch,Instrument Cluster, Chime Module, Keyless Entry Receiver, Stoplamp switch (TCC and BTSI) (S.E.O.) Accessory Switch Not Used Power Drop Evap. Sol. -- Evaporation Emissions (EVAP) Canister Vent Solenoid Valve Not Used Not Used Not Used


30 31


33 34 35 36 37

41 42 43 44 45


0 1997 Chevrolet Lumina Owner’s Manual The
1-1 Seats and Restraint Systems
This section tellsyou how to use your seats and safety belts properly. It also explains the “air bag” system.

3- 1

Features and Controls
This section explains how to start and operate your Chevrolet.

Comfort Controls and Audio Systems
This section tells you how to adjust the ventilation and comfort controls and how to operate your audio system.

Your Driving and the Road
Here you’ll find helpful information and tips about the road and how to drive under different conditions.

Problems on the Road
This section tells what to if you have a problem while driving, such a flat tire or overheated engine, etc. do as


Service and Appearance Care
Here the manual tells you how to keep your Chevrolet running properly and looking good.

Maintenance Schedule
This section tells you when to perform vehicle maintenance and what fluids and lubricants to use.

9- 1

Customer Assistance Information
This section tells you how contact Chevrolet for assistance and to get service and owner publications. to how It also gives you information on “Reporting Safety Defects” on page 8-10.

Here’s an alphabetical listing almost every subject in this manual. can use it to quicklyfind of You something you want to read.


Mississauga. WE SUPPORT VOLUNTARY TECHNICIAN CERTIFICATION THROUGH National Institutefor AUTOMOTIVE SERVICE EXCELLENCE For Canadian Owners Who Prefer a French LanguageManual: Aux proprigtaires canadiens: Vous pouvez vous procurer un exemplaire de ce guide en frangais chez votre concessionaireou au: DGN Marketing Services Ltd. GM. We reserve the right to make changes in the product after that time without further notice. CHEVROLET. please leave this manualit in the new so owner can use it will be there if you ever needit when you’re on the road. Part No. the GM Emblem. it Please keep this manual in your Chevrolet. GENERAL MOTORS. OntarioL5T 1C7 Litho in U. the CHEVROLET Emblem and the name LUMINAare registered trademarksof General Motors Corporation. you If sell the vehicle. 1500 Bonhill Rd. 10292306 C First Edition ii 11 @Copyright General Motors Corporation 1996 All Rights Reserved .S. This manual includesthe latest information at time it the was printed.We support voluntary technician certification. For vehicles first sold Canada.A. substitute the name in “General Motors of Canada Limited” for Chevrolet Motor Division whenever appears in this manual.

forming half the team that gave birth to Chevrolet. the other half of the team.The dynamic William C. at the wheel of his experimental “Classic Six. Louis Chevrolet. which enteredproduction in I912. That year 2999 vehicles were produced. ” . “Billy” Durant shified gears from making carriages to making cars.

I I .a iv In 1932 Chevrolet introduced Synchro-Mesh transmission oflered a host o f accessories -.I I I 1 and . I t I I ----------- I -1 .. when 9 hand-assembled 31 Corvettes launched first use of a fiberglass body in a production car: .including such niceties as clock! I I \ The legacy o America'sfavorite f sportscar began in 1953.

.:: ~ I I I The 1957 Chevy started a romance with the American public -. and powerplants like the legendary 327 V8.and was poweredby an available fuel-injected V8. I I 60's automotive excitement included Chevrolet landmarks like the Corvette Sting Ray. :. the sporty Camaro.. f V . Your new Chevrolet continues a tradition o quality and value.r""'-"--'-""" I I I I I I I I I .

tell you what the hazard is. Please read these cautions.” “Don’t do this. vi .’’ Safety Warnings and Symbols You will find a number safety cautions in this book. If you first do this.How to Use this Manual Many people read their owner’s manual beginning from to end when they receive theirnew vehicle. you don’t. it will help you learn about the features and controls for your vehicle.This safety symbol means “Don’t. of We use a box and the word CAUTION to tell you about things that could hurt if you were to ignore you the warning. you or If others could be hurt. I ’ A CAUTION: These mean there something that could hurt is you or other people. Then we we tell you what to to help avoid or reduce the do hazard.” or “Don’t let thishappen. and page number where you’ll the find it. you’ll find that pictures and words work togetherexplain to things quickly. In the caution area. I Index A good place to look what you need is the Index in for the back of the manual. It’s an alphabetical list all of that’s in the manual. In this manual. A You will also find a circle with a slash through in it this book.

this damage would not be covered by your warranty. They use the same words. or vii . you might see CAUTION and NOTICE warnings in different colors or in different words. You’ll also see warning labels on your vehicle. in this book you will find these notices: I NOTICE: These mean there something that is could damage your vehicle. we tell you about something that can damage your vehicle. CAUTION NOTICE. and could it be costly. In the notice area. When you read other manuals. But the notice will tell you what do to help to avoid the damage.Vehicle Damage Warnings Also. Many times.

For example.Vehicle Symbols These are some of the symbols you may find on your vehicle. these symbols are used on an original battery: CAUTION POSSIBLE INJURY PROTECT EYES BY SHIELDING CAUSTIC FASTEN A These symbols are important for you and your passengers whenever your vehicle is driven: These symbols have to do with your lamps: These symbols of are on some your controls: WDSHIELD WIPER These symbols are used on warning and indicator lights: Here are some other symbols you may see: ENGINE k FUSE -%- Q DOOR LOCK UNLOCK TURN SIGNALS ee WINDSHIELD DEFROSTER BATTERY CHARGING SYSTEM I-1 LIGHTER P m )a SEAT BELTS BURNS BRAKE (a) HORN COOLANT AVOID SPARKS OR FLAMES ‘tl FOG LAMPS WINDOW DEFOGGER ENGINE OIL PRESSURE a SPEAKER b e. p3 FLAME EXPLODE BATTERY #0 VENTILATING FAN ANTI-LOCK BRAKES (a) FUEL viii .

not 1-2 1-6 1-10 1-11 1-12 1-19 1-20 1-20 1-26 1-27 Seats and Seat Controls Safety Belts: They’re for Everyone Here Are Questions Many People Ask About Safety Belts-. You c learn about some things you should do with air bags and safety belts.0 Sectio-.and the Answers How to Wear Safety Belts Properly Driver Position Safety Belt Use During Pregnancy Right Front Passenger Position Air Bag System Center Passenger Position Rear Seat Passengers 1-30 1-32 1-34 1-48 1-56 1-59 1-59 1-60 Rear Safety Belt Comfort Guides for Children and Small Adults Children Built-in Child Restraint (Option) Child Restraints Larger Children Safety Belt Extender Checking Your Restraint Systems Replacing Restraint System Parts After a Crash 1-1 .1 Seats andRestraint Systems Here you’ll find information about the seats in your Chevrolet and how to use your safety belts properly.

1-2 .or make you push a pedal when you don’t want to. Try to want the move the seat with your to be sure the seat is body locked into place. of Slide the seat to where you it and release bar. 2-Way Manual Front Seat I A CAUTION: You can lose control of the vehicle if you try to adjust a manual driver’s seat while the vehicle is moving. Adjust the driver’s seat only when the vehicleis not moving. The sudden movement could startle and confuse you. Lift the bar under the front the seat to unlock it.Seats and Seat Controls This section tellsyou how to adjust the seatsand explains reclining seatbacks and head restraints.

Driver’s 4-Way Manual Seat (Option) The driver’s seatmay have a bar and a handle underthe front edge of the seat.Lift the barto unlock the seat and to slideit forward and backward. 1-3 .

Lift the lever to release the seatback. then move the seatback to where you want it. Hold the switch downlower the front to of the seat. 1-4 . up REAR (C): Raise the rear the seat by holding the of switch up. Release the lever to lock the seatbackinto place. and the seatback will move forward. Raise or or lower the seat by holding the controlor down. Hold the switch down to lower the of rear the seat. Pullup on the lever without pushing on the seatback. CENTER ( ) Move theseat forward or backward by B: holding the control to the front to the back.Driver’s Side Power Seat (Option) Reclining Front Seatbacks FRONT (A): Raise the front of the seat by holding the switch up.

if your Head Restraints Slide the head restraint up down so that the top of the or restraint is closest to the top of your ears.I Sitting ina reclined position when your vehicle is in motioncan be dangerous. The lap belt can’tdo its job either. This position reduces the chance of a neck injury in crash. For proper protection when the vehicle in is motion. But don’t have a seatback reclined vehicle is moving. it will be in front of you. not your pelvic bones. at This could cause serious internal injuries. your safety belts can’t their job when do you’re reclined like this. Then well sit back in the seat and wear your safety belt properly. In a crash the belt couldgo up over your abdomen. receiving neckor other injuries. The belt forces would be there.Even if you buckle up. a . The shoulder beltcan’t do its job because it won’t be against yourbody. In a crash you could gointo it. Instead. have the seatback upright.

Safety Belts: They’refor Everyone This part of the manual tells how to use safety belts you properly. 1-6 . ride inside or outside of a vehicle. Always fasten your safety belt. Don’t let anyoneride where heor she can’t wear a safety belt properly. It also tells you some things you should not do with safety belts. And it explains the air bag system. you might not be if youare buckled up. your injuries can be much worse. can hit things inside the You vehicle or be ejected from it. It is extremely dangerous to in a cargo area. can be seriously You injured or killed. people riding in theseareas are more likely to be seriously injured or killed.Be sure everyone in your vehicle is ain and using a seat safety belt properly.and check that your passengers’ belts are fastened properly too. In a collision. In the same crash. you are in a crash and If you’re not wearinga safety belt. Do not allow peopleto ride in anyarea of your vehicle that is not equipped with seats and safety belts.

a lot! Take the simplest vehicle. Here’s why: They work.. You never know if you’ll be in a crash.) Why Safety BeltsWork When you ride in or anything. In most states and Canadian provinces. you go as fast as on it goes. If you have a do crash. you don’t know if will be a bad one. (See “Safety Belt Reminder Light” in the Index. people who buckle up can survive and sometimes walk away.. After more than years of safety beltsin vehicles. 25 the facts are clear.Your vehicle has a light that comes on as areminder to buckle up. it some crashes can beso A few crashes are mild. In many of them. Suppose it’s just a seat on wheel 1-7 . the law says to wear safety belts. and serious thateven buckled up a person wouldn’t surviveBut most crashes are in between. Without belts they could have been badly hurt or killed. Inmost crashes buckling up does matter .

The Get it up to speed.I ". . 1-8 . Then stop the vehicle. " Put someone on it. rider doesn't stop.

.The person keeps going until stopped by something.. it could be the windshield . or the instrument panel. . In a real vehicle...

Air bags are in many vehicles today and will in be most of them in the future. but especially in side and other collisions. That’s why safety belts make such good sense. stop over more distance. they are But supplemental systems only. But you can unbuckle a safety belt.and the Answers trapped in the vehicle after Q: Won’t I beI’m wearing a safety belt? an accident if A: You could be -.not insteadof them. much greater if is you are belted. You and your strongest bones take the forces. as You get more time to stop. Every air bag system ever offered for sale required theuse of has safety belts.whether you’re wearing a safety belt or not. so you can unbuckle and get out. even if you’re upside down. they work with so safety belts-. And your chance of being conscious during and after an accident. you slow down the vehicle does. Even you’re in a vehicle that has air if bags. 1-10 . If my vehicle has air bags.Here Are Questions Many People Ask About Safety Belts-. why shouldI have to wear safety belts? A: or the safety belts! With safety belts. you still have to buckle up to get the most protection. That’s true not only in frontal collisions.

Being a good driver doesn’t protectyou from things beyondyour control. And the greatest number of serious injuries and deaths occur at speeds of less than40 mph (65 km/h).If a child will be riding in your Chevrolet. Be aware that thereare special things to know about safety belts and children. First. you’ll want to know which restraint systems your vehicle has. A: You may be an excellent driver. 1-11 . such as bad drivers.@ If I’m a good driver. Most accidents occur within 25 miles (40 k ) m of home. and I never drive far from home. why should I wear safety belts? How to Wear Safety Belts Properly Adults This part is only for people of adult size.even one that isn’t yourfault -. We’ll start with the driver position.” Follow those rulesfor everyone’s and your passengers can be hurt.but if you’re in an accident -. Safety beltsare for everyone. see the part of this manual called “Children. And there are different rules for smaller children and babies.

Close and lock the door. Don’t letit get twisted. let the belt back slightly to unlock it. 3. see “Seats” in the Index) so you can sit up straight. 1-12 . Lap-Shoulder Belt The driver has a lap-shoulder belt. The shoulder belt may lock if you pull the belt across go you very quickly.Driver Position This part describes the driver’s restraint system. Here’s howwear to it properly. 1. 2. Pick up the latch plate and pull the belt across you.If this happens. Adjust the seat(to see how. Then pull the belt across you more slowly.

out 1-13 . The safety belt locksif there’s a sudden stop or crash. Make sure the release buttonon the buckleis positioned so you wouldbe ableto unbuckle the safety belt quickly if you had to. just touchingthe thighs. shoulder belt shouldgo The over the shoulder and across the chest. you slid under it. the belt If would apply force at your abdomen. 5. And you’d be less likely to slide under the lap belt. In a crash. pull downon the buckle end of the belt as you pull up on the shoulder belt. Pull up on the latch plate to make it is secure. sure If the belt isn’t long enough.4. or if you pull the belt very quickly of the retractor. this applies force to the strong pelvic bones. To make the lap part tight. ever The lappart of the belt should be worn low and snug on the hips. These parts the of body are best able to take belt restraining forces. Push the latch plate into the buckle until it clicks. could cause This serious or even fatal injuries. see “Safety Belt Extender” at the end of this section.

To move it down. 1-14 . try to move it down without squeezing the release lever to make sure it has lockedinto position. After you move the adjuster to where you want it. but not falling off your shoulder.Shoulder Belt Height Adjuster Before you begin to drive. Adjust the height that the shoulder portion the so of belt is centered on your shoulder. move the shoulder belt for adjuster to the height that is right you. belt shouldbe The away from your face and neck. squeeze the release lever and move the height adjuster to the desired position. can move You the adjuster up by pushing upon the shoulder belt just guide.

fit A: The shoulder belt is too loose. 1-15 . The shoulder belt should against your body.It won’t give nearly as much protection this way. In a crash.&: What’s wrong with this? if You can be seriously hurt your shoulder belt is too loose. which could increase injury. you would move forward too much.

In a crash. 1-16 . I A: The belt is buckled in the wrong place. This could cause serious internal injuries. Always buckle your belt into the buckle nearest you. not the pelvic at bones. the belt would up over your abdomen. The go belt forces would be there.What's wrong with this? You can be seriously injured if your beltis buckled inthe wrong place like this.

Also. A: The shoulder belt is worn under the arm.@ What’s wrong with this? You can be seriouslyinjured if you wear the shoulder belt under your arm. It should be worn over the shoulder at all times. 1-17 . which aren’t as strong as shoulder bones. your body would move too forward. In a crash. the beltwould apply too much force the to ribs. You could also severely injure internal organs like your liver or spleen. which would far increase the chance of head and neck injury.

fix I A: The belt is twisted across the body. In a crash.aIf is twisted. you wouldn't have the full width of the belt to spread impact forces.~~ &. 1-18 . or ask so your dealer to it.' What's wrong with this? You can be seriously injured by a twisted belt. belt make it straight it can work properly.

including pregnant for women. below be the rounding. throughout the pregnancy. you can damage both the belt and your vehicle. just of The belt should go back out the way.Safety Belt Use During Pregnancy Safety belts work everyone. be sure the belt is outof the way. and a the lap portion should worn as low as possible. Like all occupants. To unlatch the belt. push thebutton on the buckle. If you slam the door on it. they are more likely be to seriously injuredif they don’t wear safety belts. A pregnant woman should wear lap-shoulder belt. 1-19 . Before you closethe door.

“Driver Position. air Here are the most important things to know about air the bag system: You can be severelyinjured or killed ina crash if you aren’t wearing your safety belt even if you have air bags.” See earlier in this section. it’s more is likely that the fetus won’t be hurt incrash. is ’c. rear. Air bags are designed to work only in moderate to severe crashes where the front of your vehicle hits something. Wearing your safety belt during a crash helps reduceyour chance of hitting things inside the vehicle or being ejected from it. When the shoulder belt pulled out all theway. Theyaren’t designed to inflate at all in rollover. Air bags are “supplemental restraints’’ to the safety belts. side low-speed frontal or crashes. air -Your Chevrolet has two air bags one air bag for the driver and another bag for the right front passenger. let it back all theway and start again. go Air Bag System This part explains the bag system.~ 1 The best way to protect the fetus to protect the is mother. If it does. it will is lock. -- -- 1-20 . Everyone in your vehicle should wear a safety belt properly whether or not there’san air bag for that person. When a safety belt worn properly.but don’t replace them. For a pregnant for anyone. All air bags are designed to work with safety belts. the key to making safety belts effective wearing them properly.CAUTION: A Right Front Passenger Position The right front passenger’s safety belt works the same way as the driver’s safety belt.

Always wear your safety belt. Safety belts help keep you position beforeand during a in crash. If you’re too close an inflating to air bag. The system checks the air bag electrical system for malfunctions. The driver should sit as far back as possible while still maintaining control of the vehicle. The light tells you there is an electrical if problem. seethe part of this manual called “Children” and the caution label on the right front passenger’s safety belt. which shows AIR BAG or the air bag symbol. faster than the blink of an eye. An inflating air bag can seriouslyinjure small children. Always secure children properly in your vehicle. There is an air bag readiness light on the instrument panel. To read how.1A I rUTION: . 1-21 . AIR BAG Air bags inflate with great force. even with air bags. it could seriouslyinjure you. See “Air BagReadiness Light” in the Index for more information.

I How the Air Bag System Works i L The right front passenger’s bag is in the instrument air panel on the passenger’s side. i 1-22 . Where are the air bags? The driver’s a r bag is in the middle of the steering wheel.

”If your vehiclegoes straight into a wall that doesn’tmove or deform. Don’t put anything between an occupant and an air bag. Inflation isdetermined by the angle of the impact and how quickly the vehicle slows down in frontal or near-frontal impacts. air bag willinflate The only if theimpact speed is above system’s designed the “threshold level. however. the threshold levelis about 9 to 15 mph(14 to 24 km/h).because inflation would not help the occupant. with specific vehicle design. The threshold level can vary. The path of an inflating air bag must be kept clear. the threshold level will be higher. The air bag is not designed to inflate in rollovers. your If vehicle strikes something that will move or deform. which inflates the air bag. air bag and related The hardware are all part of the air bag modules inside the steering wheel and in the instrument panel in front of the right front passenger. and don’t attach or put anything on the steering wheel hub or on or near any other air bag covering. is The sensing system triggers a release of gas from the inflator. 1-23 . such as a parked car. When should an bag inflate? air An air bag is designed to inflate in a moderate to severe frontal or near-frontal crash. the air bag sensing system detects that the vehicle in a crash.IA CAUTIO If something is between an occupant and alr an bag. In any particularcrash. side impacts or rear impacts. inflator. no one can say whether an air bag shouldhave inflated simplybecause of the damage to a vehicle or because of what the repair costs were. the bag might not inflate properly or it might force the object into that person. that so it can be somewhatabove or below this range. What makes an air bag inflate? In an impact of sufficient severity.

But bags would air not help you in many types of collisions. parts of the bag that come The into contact with you may warm.How does anair bag restrain? In moderate to severe frontal or near-frontal collisions. the airbag system won’t be there to help protect you in another crash. by Additional windshield breakage may also occurfrom the right front passenger air bag. Air bag inflation doesn’t prevent the driver from seeing from being able to or steer the quickly it that some people may not even realize theair bag inflated. primarily because an occupant’s motion is not toward those air bags. 1-24 . After they inflate. then get an fresh air by opening a window or door. there is dust in the air. an windshields are broken vehicle deformation. What will you see after air bag inflates? an After an air bag inflates. Air bags are designed to inflate only once. To avoid this. but not too hot to be touch. will be hot for a short time. A new system will include bag modules and air possibly other parts. everyone in the vehicle should get out soon as itis safe to doso. stopping the occupant more gradually. In many crashes severe enough to inflate air bag. as If you have breathing problems but can’t get out of the vehicle after air bag inflates. nor does stop people from leaving it the vehicle. you’ll need some new parts for your air bag system. even belted occupantscan contact the steering wheel or the instrument panel. and then only in moderate to severe frontal or near-frontal collisions. quickly deflates. service manualfor your The vehicle covers the need to replace other parts.Air bags supplement the protection provided by safety belts. If you don’t getthem. This dust could cause breathing problems for people with a history of asthma or other breathing trouble. including rollovers. There will be somesmoke and dustcoming from vents in the deflated air bags. rear impacts and side impacts. ~ When anair bag inflates. Air bags distribute the force of the impact more evenly over the occupant’s upper body. Some components of the air bag module in the steering wheel hub the driver’s air bag. or the for instrument panel for the right front passenger’s bag. Air bags should never be regarded as anything more than a supplement to safety belts.

air bag system. e Let only qualified technicians work your on Servicing Your Air Bag-Equipped Chevrolet Air bags affect how your Chevrolet should be serviced. Avoid wires wrapped with yellow tape or yellow connectors.Be sure to follow proper service procedures. see “Service and Owner Publications” in the Index.e Your vehicle is equipped with a crash sensingand diagnostic air bag can still inflateduring improper service. the bag may not work properly. The air bag system does not regular maintenance. For up to 10 minutes after the ignition key is turned off and the battery is disconnected.Improper service can mean that your air bag system won’t work properly. need 1-25 . Do not openor break the air bag coverings.You may have to replace the air bag module in steering wheel or both the air the bag moduleand the instrument panel for the right front passenger’s air bag. To purchase a service manual. They probably part of are the air bag system. NOTICE: If you damage the covering the driver’s or the for right front passenger’s air bag. module records The information about the readiness of the system.Your Chevrolet dealer and the Lumina Service Manual have information about servicing your vehicle and air bag the system. when the sensors are activated and driver’s safety belt usage atdeployment. make sure the person and performing work for you is qualifiedto do so. your dealer See for service. There are partsof the air bagsystem in several places around your vehicle.You don’t want the system to inflate while someone is working on your vehicle. which recordsinformation about the air bag system. You can be injured if you are close to an air when bag it inflates.

make the belt To longer. tilt the latch plate and pull it along the belt. 1-26 . you a lap have safety belt. which has no retractor. someone can sit in the center position. : When you sit in a center seating position.Lap Belt If your vehicle has a bench seat.

Rear Seat Passengers It’s veryimportant for rear seatpassengers to buckle up! Accident statistics show that unbelted people in the rear seat are hurt more often crashes than those who in are wearing safety belts.If the belt isn’t long enough. positionand release it the same way asthe lap part of a lap-shoulder belt. Here’s how to wear properly. see “Safety BeltExtender” at the end of this section. Rear Seat Outside Passenger Positions To make the belt shorter. Rear passengers who aren’t safety belted be thrown can out of the vehicle ina crash. Make surethe release button on the buckleis positioned so you wouldbe able tounbuckle the safety belt quickly if you ever had to. And they can strike others in the vehicle whoare wearing safety belts. pullits free end as shown until the beltis snug. Buckle. one . U Lap-Shoulder Belt The positions next to the windows lap-shoulder have belts.

is it will lock. 2. Push the latch plate into the buckle until it clicks.let it go back all the way and start again. Pull upon the latch plate to make sureis secure. If it does. Don’t let it get twisted. let the belt back go slightly to unlock it. it 3. The shoulder beltmay lock if you pull the belt across you very quickly. Pick up the latch plate and pull the belt across you. To make the lap part tight.If the beltis not long enough. “Safety see Belt Extender”at the endof this section. Make sure the release button the buckleis positioned so you on would be able to unbuckle the safety belt quickly if you ever had to. 1-28 . 1.When the shoulder belt pulled out all the way. Then pull the belt across you more slowly. pull down the buckle on end of the belt as you pull up on the shoulder part. If this happens.

The shoulder belt should go over the shoulderand across the chest. out I I /. This could cause serious oreven fatal injuries. If you slid underit. And you’d less be likely to slide under the belt. CAULON: The lap partof the belt should be worn low andsnug on the hips.In a crash. The safety belt locks there’s a sudden stop or a crash.force to the strong pelvic bones. 1-29 . the lap belt would applyforce at your abdomen. The shoulder belt should fit against your body. this applies You can be seriously hurt if your shoulder belt is too loose. if or if you pull the belt very quickly of the retractor. you would move forward too much. These parts of the body are best able to take belt restraining forces. just touching the thighs. In a crash. which could increase injury.

push the button the buckle. the comfort guide pulls the belt away from the neck and head. the comfort guides may be installed on the shoulder belts.There isone guide for each outside passenger position in the rear seat. just on Rear Safety Belt Comfort Guides for Children and Small Adults Rear shoulder belt comfort guides will provide added for safety belt comfort children who have outgrown child restraints and for small adults. When installedaon shoulder belt. 1. 1-30 . Pull the elastic cord out from between the edge of the seatback and the interior body remove the to guide from its storage clip. To provide added safety belt comfort for children whohave outgrown child restraints and for smaller adults. Here’s how to install a comfort guide and use the safety belt: To unlatch the belt.

Be sure that the belt not twisted andit lies flat. 1-31 . is The elastic cord must be under the belt and the guide on top. Then. 3. place the guide over the belt. and insert the two edges of the belt into the slots of the guide. The elastic cord must be under the belt. Slide the guide under and pastthe belt.2.

In a crash. A very size 4.So. which could edges togetherso that you can take them out from the cause seriousor fatal injuries. leaving only the loop of elastic cord exposed. The instructions for the restraint say whether it will is the right type and for yourchild. position and release the safety belt as described in “Rear Seat Outside Passenger Positions” young child’s hip bones are so small thata regular belt might not stay on the hips. Instead. Make sure that the shoulder should. the law in every state in the United States and in every Canadian province says children to someage must be up restrained while in vehicle. squeeze the belt force right on the child’s abdomen. Buckle. a Smaller Children and Babies Smaller children and babies should always be restrained ina child or infant restraint. child’s abdomen. the belt would apply To remove and store the comfort guides. 1-32 . Pull the guide upward to expose its storage clip. be sure that guides. In’fact. clip inward and in between the seatback and the interior body. for and then slide the guide onto the clip. as low it earlier in this section.Children Everyone in a vehicle needs protection! That includes infants and all children smaller than adult size. Rotate the guide and any child small enough one is always properly restrained in a child or infant restraint. the belt likely be overthe will belt crosses the shoulder.

a 12-1b. in a crash For at only 25 mph (40 km/h). (5. (110 kg) force on a your arms.A heavy you can’t hold it. Secure the baby in infant restraint. example. an A CAUTION: Never holda baby in your arms while riding in a vehicle. A baby doesn’t weigh much until a crash. During a crash a baby will become so CAUTION: (Continued) -- 1-33 .5 kg) baby will suddenly become 240-1b. The baby would bealmost impossible to hold.

This child restraintis designed for use only by children who weigh between22 and 60 pounds (10 and 27 kg) and whose heightis between 33. This child 1-34 . See “Child Restraints” later in this section for more information. neck and body the support they would need in a crash. It is important to use rear-facing infant restraint until the a child is about a year old.Built-in Child Restraint (Option) restraint system conforms to all applicable Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards. there’s a built-in child restraint in the center rear seat position.5 and 5 1 inches (850 and 1 295 mm) and who are capable of sitting upright alone. The child should also be at least one year old. If your vehicle has this option. A rear-facing restraint gives the infant’s head.

you can route it through the upper pair of slots (A). of 1-35 . the middle pair of slots (B) or the lower pair of slots (C).Depending on the seated height of the child. the harness should through go the middle pair slots (B).Which slots should I use for my child? A: With the child seated on the child restraint cushion. For the child shown here. With this built-in child restraint. you adjust the can height of the harness. use the pair of slots that is at or just above the top of the child’s shoulders.

A CHILD WHOSE SHOULDERS ARE ABOVE THOSE SLOTS COULD BE INJURED DURING A SUDDEN STOP ORCRASH. INSTEAD.&: A: What if the top of child’s shoulders is my above the highest pair of slots? Adjusting the Harness Height A child whose shoulders are abovethe highest slots shouldn’t use this child restraint. THE CHILDSHOULD SIT ON THE VEHICLE’S REGULAR SEAT AND USE THE REGULAR SAFETY BELTS. c 1-36 . the child should siton the vehicle’s seat cushion and use the vehicle’s safety belts. DON’T USE THIS CHILD RESTRAINT. IF THE TOP OF THECHILD’S SHOULDERS IS ABOVE THE SLOTS. Lower the child restraint cushion. 1. Instead. MAKE SURE THE TOP OF THE CHILD’S SHOULDERS IS BELOW THE SLOTS THAT THE HARNESS GOES THROUGH.

separate them. unlatch by it pushing the button on the buckle.2. If the left and right halves of the shoulder harness clip are fastened together. If the lap-shoulder harness is buckled. 1-37 . 3.

1-38 .4. Select one side of the harness. Add some slack to the shoulder partby pulling up on the lap part. You’ll keep most of this slack until you finishStep 9. 5. Pull down the seatback partof the pad (D).

I 6. Move the harness up or down to the correct slot.. The correct slot is one that will be at just above the the or top of the child’s shoulder. 1-39 . 7. Twist the harness slightly to remove it from the slot.. 8. . Feed a small amount of harness slack back into the slot.

Move the pad back against the child restraint seatback. 13. Make sureis properly routed it and isn’t twisted flipped over. Pull on the harness. Twist the harness slightly to route through the it correct slot.Be sure both sides are adjusted to the same height. 12. Repeat Steps 5 through 10 for the other side of the harness.10. Press the upper edge of the pad against the fastener strip. Make sure the harness goes through the slots in the pad that match the height adjustment slots being used. 1-40 . or 11. 9.

SNUGLY ADJUSTTHE BELTS PROVIDED WITH THIS CHILD RESTRAINT AROUND YOUR CHILD.Securing a Child in the Built-in Child Restraint Don’t use the vehicle’s safety belts. 1-41 . you’re ready to use the child restraint’s harness (E) to secure your child. But children are too who large for the built-in childrestraint should sit on the vehicle’s regular seat and use the regular safety belts. WARNING! FAILURE TO FOLLOW THE MANUFACTURER’S INSTRUCTIONS ONTHE USE OF THIS CHILD RESTRAINT SYSTEM CAN RESULT IN YOUR CHILD STRIKING THE VEHICLE’S INTERIOR DURING SUDDEN STOP A OR CRASH. I c Using the vehicle’s regular safety belts on child a seated onthe child restraint cushion can cause serious injury to the child ina sudden stop or crash. If a child isthe proper size for the built-in child restraint. Now that the harness is adjusted to correct height for the your child. secure the child using child the restraint’s harness.

Place the child on the child restraint cushion. separate them. If the lap-shoulder harnessis buckled. 2. 1-42 . unlatchit by pushing the button on the buckle. If the left and right halvesof the shoulder harness clip are fastened together. 3.1.

Be sure the buckle free of any foreign objects that is may prevent youfrom securing the latch plates. If you can’t securea latch plate, see your Chevrolet dealer for service before using the child restraint.

6. In a single motion,pull the other sideof the harness all theway out. Keeping the harness pulled all the way out, place it over the child’s shoulder.

4. Select only one sideof the harness. Pull thelap part of the harness out, and place harness over the the child’s shoulder.

If both sidesof the harness are pulled out, the lap parts will lock. If the lap parts lock, let both sidesof the harness go back all theway so each side will move freely again. Then repeat this step, pulling only oneside of the harness out.
5. Push the latch plate(Q into the buckle until clicks. it

7. Push the latch plate into the buckle untilit clicks.


Pull an both latch plafesto make sure they are secure. A green indicator will show in each latchplate window (G).
If the harnesslocks before the latch plate reaches the buckle, let the harness ga all the way back so it will move freely again. Then repeat Steps 6 and 7. Be sure to k p tbe harness pulledall the way out until you buckle it. Once both sides af the lap-shoulder harness are pulled out of the retractor and buckled, harness will. lock. the

8. Now fasten the left and right halves the shoulder of harness clip together. The indicator window(H) on the clip will show green when the two halves are fastened together. The purpose this clip is to help of keep the harness positioned on the child’s shoulders.



An unfastened shoulder harness clip won’t help keep the harnessin place on the child’s shoulders.If the harness isn’t on the child’s shoulders, it able be won’t to restrain the child’s upper i a sudden stop body n or crash. The child could be seriously injured. Make sure the harness clip properly fastened. is


9. On both sidesof the harness, pull up on the lap part a little to be sure it’s locked. If theharness isn’t locked, or it becomes too tight, if unfasten the harness clip. Then unlatch the harness by pushing the button on the buckle, and both let sides of the harness go all the way back so they will move freely again.Then, repeat Steps 4 through 8. If the harness still doesn’t lock, don’t use the child restraint. See your dealer to have the built-in child restraint serviced.

10. Adjust the positionof the harness on the child’s shoulders by moving clip up or down along the the harness. On each side of the harness, the shoulder part should be centered the child’s shoulder. on The harness shouldbe away from the child’s face and neck, but not falling the child’s shoulders. off


Removing the Child from the Built-in Child Restraint

2. Unlatch the harness by pushing the button on the buckle.
1. Unfasten the shoulder harness clin

3. Move one sideof the harness off the child's shoulder, and let harness go all the way back. the 4. Move the other side the harness off the child's of shoulder, and let go all theway back. it 5. Remove the childfrom the child restraint cushion.


Storing the Built-in Child Restraint
Always properly store the built-in child restraint before using the vehicle’s lap belt in the center rear seat position. 1. Buckle the harness and fasten the harness clip.

4. Then press the leg rest firmly into seatback, and the secure it by pressing the upper corners against the fastener strips on the seatback.
Just like the other restraint systemsin your vehicle, your built-in child restraint needs to periodically checked be and may need tohave parts replaced after a crash. See “Checking Your Restraint Systems” and “Replacing Seat and RestraintSystem Parts After aCrash” in the Index.

2. Fold the child restraint cushion and leg rest up into the seatback.
3. Press the child restraint cushion firmly into the seatback.


Child Restraints
Be sure the child restraint designed to be used in a is vehicle. If it is, it will have a label saying that it meets Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards. Then follow the instructions the restraint. You may for find these instructions on the restraint itself or in a booklet, or both. These restraints use the belt system in your vehicle, but the child also has be secured within to the restraint to help reduce the chance personal injury. of The instructions thatcome with the infantor child restraint will show you how dothat. to A child in a rear-facing child restraint canbe seriously injured if the right front passenger’s air bag inflates. This is because the back of a rearfacing child restraint would be very close to the inflating air bag. Always secure a rear-facing child restraint in the rear seat. You may, however, secure a forward-facing child restraint in the right front seat. Before you secure a forward-facingchild restraint, always move the front passenger seat as back as it will go. Or, far secure the child restraint in the rear seat.

Where to Put the Restraint
Accident statistics show that children safer if they are are restrained in the rear rather than the front seat. at We General Motors therefore recommend that put your you child restraint in the rear seat. Never put a rear-facing child restraint in the front passenger seat. Here’s why:


Top Strap
A child in a child restraint in the center front seat can be badlyinjured by the right front passenger air bag if it inflates. Never secure child restraint a m the center front seat. It’s always better to secure a child restraint in the rear seat. You may, however, secure a forward-facing child restraint in the right front passenger seat,but only with the seat moved all the way back.
Wherever you install it, be sure to secure the child restraint properly. Keep in mind that an unsecured childrestraint can move around in a collision orsudden stop and injure people in the vehicle. Be sureto properly secure any child restraint in your vehicle-- even when no child is in it.

If your child restraint has a top strap, it should be anchored. If you need tohave an anchor installed, you can ask your Chevrolet dealer toput it in for you. If you want to install an anchor yourself, your dealer tell can you how todo it.
Canadian law requires that child restraints have a top strap, and that the strap anchored. be


the earlier part See about the top strapif the child restraint has one. Buckle the belt. 4. Secure the childin the child restraint as the instructions say. ever 1-50 . for this work will be done for you free of charge or. Securing a Child Restraint in a Rear Outside Seat Position u You'll be using the lap-shoulder belt. In Canada. Put the restrainton the seat. The dealer can then install the anchor you.If your child restraint has top strap. Follow the instructions for the child restraint. 1. your dealer can a obtain a kit with anchor hardware and installation instructions specifically designed for this vehicle. 2. Make sure the release buttonis positioned so you would be able to unbuckle the safety belt quickly if you had to. you may install the anchor yourself using the instructions provided in the kit.

1-51 .5. unbuckle the vehicle’s just safety belt and let go back all the way. safety belt it The will move freely again and be ready to work for an adult or larger child passenger. 6. Pull the rest of the shoulder belt all the way out of the retractor to set the lock. To remove the child restraint. feed the shoulder belt back into the retractor while you push down on the child restraint. To tighten the belt. Push and pull the child restraint different in directions tobe sure it is secure. 7.

Make the belt as long possible by tilting the latch as plate and pulling it along the belt.Securing a Child Restraint in the Center Rear SeatPosition n See the earlier part about the top strap if child the restraint has one. You’ll be using thelap belt. You however. Put the restraint on the seat. may. Follow the instructions for the child restraint. A child in a child restraint in the center front seat can be badly injured by the right front passenger air bagif it inflates. 2. 1-52 . Secure the child in the child restraint as the instructions say. 1. secure a forward-facing child restraint in the right front passenger seat. Never secure a child restraint in the center front seat. only with but the seatmoved all theway back. 3. It’s always better to secure a child restraint in the rear seat.

To tighten the belt. Run the vehicle’s safety through or around the belt restraint.4. if . unbuckle the vehicle’s just safety belt. secure it the restraintin a different placein the vehicle and contact the child restraint maker their advice for about how to attachthe child restraint properly. To remove the child restraint. It will be ready to work an adult or larger for child passenger. The child restraint instructions will show you how. 7.If it isn’t. Push and pull the child restraint in different directions to be sure is secure. 6. ’ Securing a Child Restraint in the Right Front Seat Position 5. Buckle the belt. pull free end while you push its down on the child restraint. Make sure the release button is positioned so you wouldbe able to unbucklethe safety belt quickly you ever had to.

Make sure the release button is positioned so you would be able to unbuckle the safety belt quicklyif you ever had to. 3. always move the seat far back as it will go as before securing a forward-facing child restraint. Here’s why: I A child in a rear-facing child restraint can be seriously injured if the right front passenger’s air bag inflates. Pick up the latch plate. 4. if 1. Because your vehicle has right front passenger air a bag. This is because the back of a rearfacing child restraint would be very close to the inflating air bag. 1-54 . If the shoulder belt goes . You’ll be usingthe lap-shoulder belt. Buckle the belt.) on 2. Secure the child in the child restraint as the instructions say. 5. put it behind the child restraint. child restraintinstructions The will showyou how. See the earlier part about the top strap the child restraint has one.(See “Seats” in the Index. Never put a rear-facing child restraint in this seat.Your vehicle has a right front passengerair bag. Always secure a rearfacing child restraint in the rear seat.front of the child’s or in face neck.and fun the lap and shoulder portions of the vehicle’s safety belt through or around the restraint. Put the restraint the seat. Follow the instructions for the child restraint.

.- 6. The safety belt it will move freely again and ready to work an adult be for or larger child passenger.. on 8. feed the shoulder belt into the back retractor while you push down the child restraint. .. the 7. 1-55 . Push and pullthe child restraint in different directions to be sure is secure. unbuckle the vehicle’s just safety belt and let go back allthe way. To tighten the belt.. it To remove the child restraint. .. Pull the rest of the shoulder belt the way out of all the retractor to set lock.

Children who aren’t buckled up strike other can people who are.l If you have the choice. child should sit next to a a window so the child can wear lap-shoulder belt and a get the additional restraint shoulder belt can provide.Larger Children Fll . Children who have outgrown child restraints should wear the vehicle’s safety belts. Children who aren’t buckled up can be thrown out in a crash. a Accident statistics show that children are safer if they are restrained in the rear seat. But they need the to use safety belts properly. 1-56 .

see “Rear Safety Belt Comfort Guides” the Index. A belt must be used by only oneperson at a time. The belt can’tproperly spread the impact forces. so that in a crash the child’s upper body If would have the restraint that belts provide. in If the childis so small that the shoulder belt still is very close to the child’s face or neck.Never do this. a but the child isso small that the shoulder belt is very close to the child’s faceor neck? Move the child toward the center the vehicle. In a crash. but of be sure that the shoulder belt still on the child’s is shoulder. 1-57 . the child is sitting in a rear seat outside position. in the one that has only alap belt. &: A: What if a child is wearing lap-shoulder belt. the two children can be crushed together and seriously injured. you might want to place the child the center seat position. Here twochildren are wearing the same belt.

The belt’s force wouldthen be appliedright on the child’s abdomen.That could cause serious or fatal injuries.JTION: Never do this. the lap portionthe belt of should be worn low and snugon the hips. but the shoulder part is behind the child. This applies belt force to the child’s pelvic bones in a crash.If the child wears belt in this the way. Here a child is sitting inseat that has a a lap-shoulder belt. in a crash the child might slide under the belt. Wherever the child sits.just touching the child’s thighs. 1-58 .

buckles. They can rip apart under impact forces. latch plates.) 1-59 . a If your vehicle has the built-in child restraint. get a new harness right away. retractors and anchorages are working properly. When go you in to order it. To wear it. latch plates. It’s free.Safety Belt Extender If the vehicle’s safety belt will fasten around you. and have them repaired replaced. Checking Your Restraint Systems Now and then. andjust for the seat in your vehicle that you choose. just attach it to the regular safety belt. also periodically make the sure harness straps. Don’t let someone else use it. get new one right away. and use it only for the seat it is made to fit. The extender will be just for you. Torn or frayed safety belts may not protect you ain crash. so the the extender will be long enough for you. your dealer will order you an extender. If a harness strap is torn or frayed. If you see anything that might keep a safety belt or built-in child restraint system from doing its job. If a belt is torn or frayed. (The air bag system or does not need regular maintenance. buckle.If your vehiclehas a built-in child restraint. have it repaired. torn or frayed harness straps rip apart under can impact forces just like tornor frayed safety belts can. retractors and anchorages are working properly. Look any other for loose or damaged safety belt and built-in child restraint system parts. They may not protect a child in a crash. take heaviest coat you will wear. make sure safety beltreminder light the and all your belts. clip. Also look for any opened or broken air bag covers. you should useit. But if a safety belt isn’t long enough to fasten.

replace them. Collision damage also may mean you will need to have safety belt. If an air bag inflates. New parts and repairs may be necessary even if the safety belt or built-in child restraint wasn’t being used at the time of the collision. you’ll need to replace air bag system parts.Replacing Restraint System Parts After a Crash If you’ve had a crash. they would be if as worn during a more severe crash. 1-60 . If safety belts or built-in child restraint harness straps are cut or damaged.See the part on the air bag system earlier in this section. But if the safety belts or built-in child restraint harness straps were stretched. nothing may be necessary. you need new safety belts or do built-in child restraint parts? After a very minor collision. then you need safety belts or new harness straps. built-in child restraint or seat parts repaired or replaced.

14 2-15 2-16 2-20 2-2 1 2-24 2-25 2-25 Features and Controls Here youcan learn about the many standard and optional features on your Chevrolet.Your Information System Instrument Panel Cluster Warning Lights.and what todo if you have a problem. shifting and braking.a Section 2 2-2 2-4 2-6 2-9 2-10 2-1 1 2-13 2-13 2. Also explained are the instrument panel and the warning systems that you if everything is tell working properly-. and information on starting. Keys Door Locks Remote Keyless Entry (If Equipped) Tntllk Theft PASS-Key@I1 New Vehicle “Break-In” Ignition Positions Starting Your Engine Engine Coolant Heater (Option) Automatic Transaxle Operation Parking Brake Shifting IntoPARK (P) Shifting Outof PARK (P) Parking Over Things That Burn Engine Exhaust 2-26 2-27 2-27 2-28 2-28 2-34 2-35 2-37 2-39 2-4 1 2-4 1 2-42 2-43 2-44 2-46 2-49 Running Your Engine While You’re Parked Windows Horn Tilt SteeringWheel Turn SignaVMultifunction Lever Exterior Lamps Interior Lamps Mirrors Storage Compartments Ashtrays and Lighter Sun Visors Auxiliary Power Connection Sunroof (Option) Instrument Panel -. Gages and Indicators .

Keys a CAUTION: Leaving young children in a vehicle with the ignition key is dangerous for many reasons. They could operate power windows or other controls or even make the vehicle move. Don’t leave the keys in a vehicle with young children. A child or others could be badly injured or even killed. 2-2 .

The door keys are for the I NOTICE: Your Chevrol. Each plug has code on it that tells your dealer or a a qualified locksmith how to make extra door keys. If you need a new ignition key. you lose your door keys. Keep the plugsin a safe place. If you’ll be able to have new ones made easily using these plugs. ’1 . When a new Chevrolet is has a number new features of that can help prevent theft. the dealer removes the plugs from the door keys and gives them to the first owner.1 The ignition keys are The ignition keys don’t have plugs. or. You may even have to damage your vehicle to getn So be sure you i. callChevrolet Roadside Assistance at 1-800-CHEV-USA (1-800-243-8872). contact your Chevrolet dealer who can obtain correct key code. in an the emergency. Your Chevrolet dealer or Roadside Assistance has the for code your keys. have extra keys. But you can a have lot of trouble getting into your vehicle if you ever lock your keys inside.

Wear safety belts properly. use your door key or remote keyless entry transmitter if your vehicle hasthis option. This may not beso obvious: You increase the chance of being thrownout of the vehicle ina crash if the doorsaren’t locked. When door is a locked. There are several ways to lock and unlock your vehicle. pull the lever. To unlock. push the lever to lock the door manually. -- -- From the inside.Door Locks Unlocked doors can be dangerous. lock your doors. 2-4 . Outsiders can easily enter through an unlocked door when you slow downor stop your vehicle. the inside handle won’t open it.and you will be far better off whenever youdrive your vehicle. Passengers especialIy children can easily open thedoors and fall out. From the outside.

To open a door when the security locks are set. The rear doors do not have power door lock switches. move the lever down.locks work and how to cancel them. the inside are door handles will not open the rear doors. The lever on each reardoor works only that door’s lock.-c 1 U - . Open the rear door. you want to cancel the security locks. Close the door. It won’t lock or unlock all the doors. Use a key to move the leverall the way up. Do the same thing on the other rear door. unlock the doorfrom the inside and then open the door using If the outside door handle. 3. 1. 2. To use the rear door security locks: Rear Door Security Locks When these locks set.Power DoorLocks Press the power door lock switch tolock or unlock all doors. Be sure to let adults and older cluldrenknow how the. 3.

try this: Check to determineif battery replacement is necessary. youcan lock and this unlock your doors unlock your trunk from or about 3 feet (1 m) up to30 feet (9 m) away using theremote keyless entry transmitter supplied with your vehicle. hold the transmitter higher. Your remote keyless entry transmitter operates a on radio frequency subject to Federal Communications Commission (FCC)Rules and with Industry and Science Canada. including interference that may cause undesired operation. At times you may notice a decrease in range. This system has a range of about 3 feet (1 m) up to 30 feet (9 m). You may need to stand closer during rainy or snowy weather. and (2)this device must accept any interference received. This device complies with RSS-210of Industry and Science Canada. Changes or modifications to this system other than an by authorized service facility could void authorization to use this equipment. Remote Keyless Entry Equipped) (If If your Chevrolet has option. If the transmitter does not work if you have or to stand closerto your vehiclefor the transmitter to work.see your Chevrolet dealer or a qualified technician for service. . Other vehicles or objects may be blocking the signal. Then get out and close the door. Takea few stepsto the left or right. Operationis subject to the following two conditions:(1) this device may not cause interference. and(2) this device must accept any interference received. Check the distance. try If you’re still having trouble. Check the location. at Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may notcause harmful interference. This device complies with P r 15 of the FCC Rules. including interference that may cause undesired operationof the device. take your keys.Leaving Your Vehicle If you are leaving the vehicle. open your door and set the locks from inside. This is normalfor any remote keyless entry system. and again. See the instructions that follow.You may be too far from your vehicle.

The trunk will only unlock if your transaxleis in PARK (P). any remaining transmitters must alsobe matched. press LOCK. Press UNLOCK again within five seconds to unlock a l remaining doors.Operation Press UNLOCK once to unlock the driver’s door. When the dealer matches replacement the transmitter to your vehicle. l pressing UNLOCK will also cause the vehicle’s interior lamps to come on for a period of time--(see “Sustained Interior Illumination” in the Index for more details). Each vehicle canhave only four transmitters matched toit. Matching Transmitter(s)To Your Vehicle Each remote keyless entry transmitter coded to is prevent another transmitter from unlocking your vehicle. If a transmitteris lost or stolen. press the trunksymbol on the transmitter. 2-7 . pressing LOCK or thetrunk symbol will also cause the vehicle’s interior lamps to come on for a period of time--(see “Sustained Interior Illumination”in the Index for more details). To lock both doors. To unlock the trunk.the lost transmitter willnot unlock your vehicle. a replacement can be purchased through your dealer. Once your dealer coded the has new transmitter. Remember to bring any remaining transmitters with you when you to your go dealer.

it’s probably time to change the battery. I NOTICE: When replacing the battery. (located in your vehicle). use care not to touch To replace the battery: any of the circuitry. it making sure the positive (+) side of the battery is facing down. use type CR2032 or an equivalent.Battery Replacement Under normaluse. the transmitter. 2-8 . If you have to get close to your vehicle before the transmitter works. two You can tell the battery weak if the transmitter won’t is work at the normal rangein any location. make sure the halves are together tightly so water won’t getin. Test the operation of the transmitter with your vehicle. Static from your body 1. 2. For battery replacement. Gently pry apart the front transferred to these surfaces may damage and back. If the transmitter does not work. Snap the top and bottom together. Insert a flat object like dime into the slot on the a back of the transmitter. Remove the battery and replace with the new one. 3. 4. try synchronizing the transmitter with your receiver. the battery in your remote keyless entry transmitter should last about years.

l b r n the fan on your heating cooling or system to its highest speedwith the setting on VENT. See “Comfort Controls” in the Index. 2-9 . 0 If you have air outlets on or under the instrument panel.Synchronization Synchronization may be necessarydue to the security method used by this remote keyless entry system. If the locks do not cycle. You can’t see or smell CO. Trunk A C’ WTION: It can be dangerous to drive with the trunklid I open because carbon monoxide (CO) gas can come intoyour vehicle. do the following: While standing close to your vehicle.This prevents someone from recording andplaying back the signal from the transmitter. open them the way. If you must drivewith the trunk lid openor if electrical wiringor other cable connections must pass through the between the body and the seal trunk lid: Make sure all windows are shut. see your dealer for service. simultaneously press and hold the LOCK and UNLOCK buttons on the transmitter for about five seconds. To resynchronize the transmitter withthe receiver. The transmitter does not send the same signal twice to the receiver. It can causeunconsciousness and even death. The door locks should cycle (lock and unlock) to confirm synchronization. That will force outsideair into your vehicle.The receiver will not respond to a signal it has previously been sent. all See ‘(Engine Exhaust” in the Index.

there are ways you can help. ~ . / . Always it do this. I" .Trunk Lock ~ . i . we know that nothing we put it can make it on impossible to steal.? 4 . Remote Trunk Release (Option) Press the button under the instrument panel on the driver's side. .V. ' + " ' don't do it. . it's an keys easy target for joy riders or professional thieves -. However. .. To unlock the trunk from the outside. You can also use the remote keyless entry function if your vehicle has this option. insert the door key and turnit. so be sure to lock your doors. your trunk can opened at any time using be this lock release. Your transaxle shift lever must be in PARK (P). andso will be your ignition and transaxle. . When you park your Chevrolet and open the driver's door. 2-10 ." * I L . . . i ' . Although your Chevrolet has a number of theft-deterrent features. ~ " ~ . : ~ Remember. - . making sure your shift lever in is PARK (P). Just press the trunk symbol on the transmitter. . And remember lock to the doors. x "'%. you'll hear a chime reminding you to remove your key from the ignition and take with you. Theft Vehicle theft is big business. especiallyin some cities. Your steering wheel will locked..l. Key in the Ignition If you leave your vehicle with the inside. .

It works when you insert or remove the key from the ignition. Parking Lots If you parkin a lot wheresomeone will be watching your vehicle. PASS-Key I1 is a passive theft-deterrent system. Put them in a storage area. or PASS-K~~@ 11 Your vehicle isequipped with the PASS-Key I1 (Personalized Automotive Security System) theft-deterrent system. Lock the glove box.Parking at Night Park in a lightedspot. lock But whatif you have to leave your ignitionkey? What if you have to leave something valuable in your vehicle? Put your valuables in a storage area. Then take the door key and remote keyless entry transmitter with you. PASS-Key I1 uses a resistor pellet in the ignition key that matches a decoder in your vehicle. 0 Lock all the doors except the driver’s. take them with you. 2-11 . Remember to keep your valuables out of sight. close all windows and lock your vehicle. it’s best to it up and take your keys. like yourtrunk or glove box.

an emergency. Turn the ignition off. the starter won’t work and fuel won’t to the engine. See your Chevrolet dealer a locksmith who can or service the PASS-Key to have a new key made. your Chevrolet dealer or See a locksmith who can service the PASS-Key 11. is not working properly and must serviced by your be Chevrolet dealer.When the PASS-KeyI1 system senses that someone is using the wrong key. In to be clean and dry. wait about three minutes and try call the Chevrolet Roadside Assistance Center at another ignition key. engine does not start and the SECURITY light on.If someone go tries to start your vehicle again uses another key or during this time. about three minutes andtry Wait your Chevrolet dealer a locksmith who can service or again. 2-12 .Your vehicle is not protected by the PASS-Key I1 system. your vehicle doesstart. see I1 Clean and dry the key. your vehicle needs service. to wait three minutes before trying another ignition key. the starter won’t work and the SECURITY light will come But you don’t have on. If the starter won’t work with the other key. check the fuses (see “Fuses and Circuit Breakers” in the Index). At this time. the first If ignition key may be faulty. the is key may be dirty or wet. If you loseor damage a PASS-Key ignition key. and the key appears PASS-Key I1 to have a new key made. The ignition key mustbe clean and dry before it’s inserted in the ignition or the engine may not If the start. For about three minutes. I1 If you’re ever driving and the SECURITY light comes on and stays on. This discourages someonefrom randomly trying different keys with different resistor pellets in an attempt to make a match. If the starter still won’t work. If you accidentallyuse a key that has a darnaged or missing resistor pellet. you will able to restart your engine if be you turn it shuts down the vehicle’s starter and fuel systems. you may also want to 1-800-CHEV-USA (1-800-243-8872). the vehicle will not start. however. Your PASS-Key I1 system.

LOCK ( ) Before you put the key the ignition B: into switch. Don’t make full-throttle starts. Ignition Positions -- -- With the ignition keyin the ignition switch. Avoid making hard stops for the first 200 miles (322km) orso. Don’t tow a trailer during break-in. Hard stops withnew linings can mean premature wear and earlier replacement. youcan turn the switch to five positions: ACC (A): This position lets you use things the like radio and windshield wipers when the engine is off. It’s also the only position in which you can remove your key. 2-13 . Your steering wheel will stay locked. Follow this breaking-in guideline every time you get new brake linings. During this time your new brake linings aren’t yetbroken in. the switch is in LOCK.” But it will perform better in the long run you follow these guidelines: if Don’t drive at any one speed fast or slow for thefirst 500 miles (805 km). steering wheel and transaxle. push in the key and turnit toward you.New Vehicle “Break-In” NOTICE: Your modern Chevroletdoesn’t need an elaborate “break-in. To use ACC. a theft-deterrent feature. This position locks It’s your ignition. See “Towing a Trailer’’ in the Index for more information.

can use RUN to display some your warning and of indicator lights. switch.When the engine starts. Using a tool to force it could break the key or the If could damage the transaxle. I NOTICE: Don’t try to shift to PARK (P) your Chevrolet if is moving. thenyour vehicle needs service. 2-14 . NOTICE: Holding your key in START for longer than 15 seconds at a time will cause yourbattery to be drained much sooner. if so. 1. Without pushingthe accelerator pedal.LOCK or ACC and the key is in the ignition.OFF (C): This position lets youturn off the engine but still turn the steering wheel. Shift PARK (P) only when your to vehicle is stopped. turn your ignition key toSTART.Use OFF if you must have your Move your vehicle pushed or towed. none of this works. The idle speed willgo down as your engine gets warm. If you do. With the engine you off.that’s a safety feature. START (E): This position starts your engine. Starting Your &@e shift lever to PARK (P)or NEUTRAL (N). use NEUTRAL (N) only. besure you are using the correct key. But turn the key only with your hand. is it all the way in? If it is. And excessive heat can the damage yourstarter motor. then turn the steering wheel left and right while you turn the key hard. let go of the key. RUN @): This position is where the returns key after yau start your vehicle. A waning chime will soundif you open the driver’s door when the ignition is in OFF. To restart when you’re already moving. NOTICE: I your key seems stuck in LOCK and you can’t f turn it. Your engine won’t start in other any position -.It doesn’t lock the steering wheel like LOCK.

the coolant heater should plugged in a minimum be of four hours prior to starting your vehicle. the engine 0” coolant heatercan help.T y r pushing your accelerator pedal all the way to the floor and holding it there as you hold the key in START for up to 15 seconds. your engine might not perform properly. If you ever have to have your vehicle towed. 2. Engine CoolantHeater (Option) NOTICE: Your engine is designed to work with the electronics in yourvehicle. To Use the Coolant Heater 1. If you add electrical parts or accessories. Before adding electrical equipment. Turn off the engine. check withyour dealer.18O C) or colder. This clears the extra gasoline from the engine. If you don’ could be flooded with too much gasoline. See “Towing Your Vehicle’’ in the Index. F (. Usually. If your engine won’t start (or starts but then stops). In very cold weather.2. located behind the vehicle’s passenger side headlamp fixture. you could change the way the engine operates. . You’ll get easier starting and better fuel economy during engine warm-up. see the part of this manual that how to do it tells without damaging your vehicle. Open the hood and unwrap the electrical coTd.

There are several different positions for your shift lever. Instead of trying to list everything here. If the cordwon't reach. 4. the wrong kind of extension cord could overheat and cause a fire. Before starting the engine. You could be seriously injured. to protect driveline components from improper operation.3. Your automatic transaxle mayhave a shift lever on the steering column or on the console between the seats. grounded 110-volt outlet.If you don't. and some other things. 2-16 . the kind of oil you have. it could be damaged. Maximum engine speedis limited on automatic transaxle vehicles. AC 1 Automatic TransaxleOperation Plugging thecord intoan ungrounded outlet could causean electrical shock.The dealer can give you the best advice for that particular area. use a heavy-duty three-prongextension cord rated for at least 15amps. whenyou're in PARK (P) or NEUTRAL (N). we that you contact ask your Chevrolet dealer in the area where you'll be parking your vehicle. be sure to unplug and store the cord as was before to keep away it it from moving engine parts. Plug it into a normal. Plug the cord intoa properly grounded three-prong 110-volt AC outlet. How long should you keep the coolant heater plugged in? The answer dependson the outside temperature. Also.

always set your parking brake and move the shift lever to PARK (P). To be sure your be vehicle won’t move. See “Shifting Out of PARK (P)” in the Index. Your vehicle can roll. If you cannot shft out of PARK (P). Don’t leave yourvehicle when the engine is running unless you have to. See “Shifting IntoPARK (P)” in the Index. see “Stuck: In Sand. being sure to press the shift lever button if you have a console shift.You must fully apply your regular brakes before you can shift from PARK (P) when the ignition is in RUN. 2-17 . Ice or Snow” in the Index. Your Chevrolet has brake-transaxle a shift interlock. REVERSE (R): Use this gear to back up. the vehicle can move suddenly. even when you’re on fairly level ground. If you have left the engine running. Mud.PARK (P): This locks your front wheels. You or others could injured. If you’re pulling a trailer. Shift toREVERSE (R) only after yourvehicle is stopped. It’s the best position to use when start yourengine because your you vehicle can’t move easily. get ice or sand without damaging your transaxle. a Then move theshift lever out of PARK(P). NOTICE: Shifting to REVERSE (R) while your vehicle is moving forward could damage your transaxle. ’ ~ It is dangerous to out of your vehicle if the get shift leveris not fully in PARK (P) with the parking brake firmly set. ease pressure on the shift lever by pushing it all the way into PARK (P) while keeping the brake pedal pushed down. see “Towing a Trailer’’ in the Index. Make sure the shift lever fully in PARK (P) before is starting the engine. Release the shft lever button if you have console shift. To rock your vehicle back and forth to out of snow.

AUTOMATIC OVERDRIVE(@):This position is for normal driving. use NEUTRAL only. push your accelerator pedal about halfway down. your engine doesn’t connect withthe wheels. push the accelerator pedal all the down. However if you drive very far that way.If you need more power passing. Going about 35 mph (55 km/h) or more. Don’t shift outof PARK (P) or NEUTRAL (N) while your engineis racing. have your vehicle serviced rightaway. or if it seems not to shift gears you go faster. Unless your foot is firmly on the brake pedal. NOTICE: Damage to your transaxle caused shifting out by of PARK (P) or NEUTRAL (N) with the engine racing isn’t covered your warranty.So if this happens.NEUTRAL (N): In this position. Also. Until then. for and you’re: Going less than 35 mph (55 km/h).you can use SECOND (2) when you are driving less than 35 mph (55 km/h) and AUTOMATIC OVERDRIVE (03) for higherspeeds. as something maybe wrong with your transaxle. You’ll shift down to the next and have gear more power. your vehicle may default toSECOND (2). NOTICE: If your vehicle seems to start up ratherslowly. use (N) NEUTRAL (N) when your vehicleis being towed. way Shifting outof PARK (P) or NEUTRAL (N) while your engineis “racing” (running at high speed)is dangerous. your vehicle can be damaged. by 2-18 . You could lose control and hit people or objects. your vehicle could move very rapidly. To restart when you’re already moving.

so there is less shifting between gears. but then you would alsowant to use your brakes off and on. or you can damage your transaxle. butit offers more power andlower fuel economy than AUTOMATIC OVERDRIVE (@). or you can damage your engine. Use DRIVE(D) or AUTOMATIC OVERDRIVE (0)much as possible. winding roads.You can use SECOND (2) on hills. When towing a trailer. NOTICE: Don’t drivein SECOND (2) for more than 25 miles (41 km) at speeds over mph 55 (88 kmk). When going down a steep hill. Here are some times you mightchoose DRIVE (D) instead of AUTOMATIC OVERDRIVE(@): 0 0 SECOND (2): This position gives you more power but lower fuel economy. It can help control your speed as you go down steep mountain roads. When driving on hilly.DRIVE (D): This position is also used for normal driving. as Don’t shift into SECOND unless you are going (2) slower than65 mph (105 kmk). 0 2-19 .

hold the regular brake pedal down with your right foot. if youstop when going uphill. This might happen if you werestuck in very deepsand or mud or were up against a solid object. or deep snow or mud. When you lift your left foot.the transaxle won’t shift in into first gear until vehicle isgoing slowly enough. Also. the Parking Brake To set the parking brake. To release the parking brake. I NOTICE: If your front wheels can’t rotate. don’t hold your vehicle there with only the accelerator pedal. This could overheat and damage the transaxle. Use your brakes or shift into PARK (P) to holdyour vehicle in position ona hill. Push down the parking brake pedal with your left foot. don’t to try drive.If the in shift lever is put FIRST (l). hold the regular brake pedal down with your right foot and push the parking brake pedal with your left foot. the parking brake pedal will follow it to the released position. You can use it on very steep hills.FIRST (1): This position givesyou even more power (but lower fuel economy) than SECOND (2). You could damage your transaxle. 2-20 .

Your vehicle can roll. even when you’re on fairlylevel ground. see “Towing a Trailer” in the Index. and could also damage other you parts of your vehicle. use the steps that follow. If you are towing a trailer and are parking on any hill. If you’re pullinga trailer. To be sure your vehicle won’t move. That section shows what todo first to keepthe trailer from moving. If you have left the engine running. 2-21 . Shifting Into PARK (P) 1 A CAUTION: It can be dangerous to get outof your vehicle if the shift lever not fully in PARK (P) ivith the is parking brake firmly set. vehicle the can move suddenly.NOTICE: Driving with the parking brake can cause on your rear brakes overheat. You may have to to replace them. see “Towing a Trailer” inthe Index. You or otherscould be injured.

Move the ignition keyto LOCK. your vehicle in PARK (P). Hold the brake pedal down with your right foot and set the parking brake. Remove the key and takeit with you.Column Shift 1. 2. If you can leave your vehicle with the ignition key in your hand. 3. Move the shift lever into PARK (P) position like this: Move the lever upas far as it will go. 2-22 . 4. is Pull the lever toward you.

Your vehicle could move suddenly if the shift lever not fully in PARK (P) is with the parking brake firmly And. leave thevehicle with the engine running. If you can it leave your vehicle with ignition key in your the hand. 4. Remove the key and take with you. and push the lever all the way toward the front of your vehicle. be sure your vehicle is in PARK(P) and your parking brake is firmly set before you leave it.Don’t leave your vehicle with the engine runningunless you have to. it means that the shift lever wasn’t fully locked into PARK (P). Move the ignition key to LOCK. 2-23 .You or otherscould be injured. After you’ve moved the shift lever the PARK (P) into position. without first pushing the button). 2. Then. Hold the brake pedal down with your right and foot set the parking brake. if you set. hold the regular brake pedal down. If you have to leave your vehicle with the engine running. if see you can move the shift lever away from PARK (P) without first pulling it toward you (or. Move the shift leverinto PARK (P) position like this: Hold in the button the on lever. your vehicle is in PARK (P). If you can. Leaving Your Vehicle With the Engine Running It canbe dangerous toleave your vehicle with the engine running. could it overheat andeven catch fire. if you have the console shift lever.Console Shift 1. 3.

To find outhow. the If you cannot shift out PARK (P). Apply and hold the brake until the end Step 4. Have the vehicle fixed as soon you can.Torque Lock If you are parhng on a hill and you don’t shift your transaxle intoPARK (P) properly. If torque locK does may needto nave another vehicle push yours little uphill to take some the a of pressure from the parlung pawl in the transaxle.You may find it difficult to pull the shift lever outof PARK (P). see “Shifting Into PARK (P)” in the Index. This is called “torque lock. Shift to NEUTRAL (N). See “Automatic Transaxle Operation” in Index. as I 2-24 . of Shifting Out of PARK (P) Your Chevrolet has a brake-transaxle shift interlock. When you are ready to drive. try this: 1. Turn the key to OFF. You must fully apply your regular brakes before you can shift from PARK (P) when the ignition is in RUN. Start the engine and shift tothe drive gear you want. so you can pull the shift lever out PARK (P). the weight the of vehicle may put too much force on the parking pawl in the transaxle. of 3. Release the shift lever button you have aconsole shift.” To prevent torque lock. set the parking brake and then shift into PARK (P) properly before you leave the driver’s seat. 2. move the shift lever of out PARK (P) before you release the parking brake. 5. if If you ever hold the brake pedal down but still can’t shift outof PARK (P). being sure to press the of shift lever button you have a console shift. ease pressure on of the shift lever pushing it all theway into PARK (P) by while keeping the brake pedal pushed down. Then move if the shift lever out PARK (P). 4.

.. I..... If you ever suspect exhaust coming into is your vehicle: Drive it only with all the windows down to blow out anyCO. Your vehicle gets rusty underneath. dry grass or other things that can burn. . 0 Your vehicle was damaged in a collision. Repairs weren't done correctly.. Don't park over papers. I.. and 0 Have your vehicle fixed immediately. 0 Your vehicle was damaged when driving over high points on the road or over road debris..which you can't see or smell. It can causeunconsciousness and death. leaves.. Engine exhaust can It contains the gas kill.Parking Over Things That Burn Engine Exhaust . carbon monoxide (CO). -0.... Your vehicle or exhaustsystem had been modified improperly.. Things that can burn could touch hot exhaust parts under your vehicle and ignite. You might have exhaust coming in if: 0 Your exhaust system sounds strange or different.

Running Your Engine While You’re Parked It’s better not to park with engine running. even when you’re on fairly level ground. A CAUTION: I It can be dangerous toget out of your vehicle if the shift lever not fully in is PARK (P) with the parking brake firmly Your vehicle can roll. (See “Blizzard” in the Index.To be sure your vehicle won’t move. always setyour parking brake and move the shift lever to PARK ( ) P. NEVER park in a garage with the engine running. See “Shifting IntoPARK (P)” in the Index. here aresome things to know. A CAUTION: Idling the engine with the climate control system off could allow dangerous exhaust into your vehicle (see the earlier Caution under “Engine Exhaust”). Also. If you are parking on hill and if you’re pulling a a trailer. idling in a closed-in placecan let deadly carbon monoxide (CO) into yourvehicle even if the fanswitch is at the highestsetting. If you’ve left the engine running. One place this can happen a garage. Another closed-in placecan be a blizzard. But if you the ever have to. Follow the proper steps to sure your vehicle won’t be move. You or otherscould be injured. thevehicle can move suddenly. Exhaust with is CO can come in easily. alsosee “Towing a Trailer” in the Index. Don’t leave your vehicle when the engine is running unless you have to. set.) -- -- 2-26 .

door armrest control eachof the Switches on the driver’s windows when the ignition on. use window the crank to open andclose each window. pressthe front is of the switch. for 2-27 . This switch is labeled AUTO. To raise the window. On a vehicle wlm manual windows. go To stop the window while it lowering. The driver’s window controlsalso include a lock-out switch. each of is the passenger’s doors has a switch itsown window. If the bottomof the switch is pressed all the way down. the passengers can operate their windows. When the for orange band onthe switch is showing. Power Windows (Option) The driver’s window switch has an auto-down feature.Window. the window will all the way down. Tap the bottom the of switch. The driver can still control all the windows with lock on. press hold the and front of the switch. In addition. Horn Press onor along the top edge your steering wheel of horn symbolsto sound the horn. PressLOCK OUT to stopfront and rear passengers from using their window switches. and the driver’s window will open a small amount. the Press the switch again normal operation.

You can also raise it to the highest level to give your legs more room when you exit and enter the vehicle. Movethe steering wheel to a comfortable level. hold the steering wheel and pull the lever as pictured.Tilt Steering Wheel A tilt steering wheel allows you to adjust the steering wheel beforeyou drive. 2-28 . To tilt the wheel. then release the lever lock the to wheel in place.

replace it to help avoid an accident. To signal a turn. Then release it. move lever all the way up or down. just raise or lower the lever until the arrow starts to flash. a light on the instrument panelalso will be on.Turn Signal and Lane Change Indicator The turn signal has two upward(for right) and two downward (for left) positions. or As you signal a turn a lane change. pull the multifunction lever all the way toward you. To signal alane change. An arrowon the instrument panel will flash in the direction of the turn or lane change. If the arrows don’t on at all when you go signal a turn. Hold it there until you complete yourlane change. the lever will return automatically. Headlamp High/LowBeam To change your headlamps from low beamto high beam. the When the turn is finished. 2-29 . check for burned-out bulbs and check the fuse (see “Fuses and Circuit Breakers’’ in the Index).if the arrow or flashes faster than normal. These positions allow you to signal a turn a lane change. or high to low. The lever will returnby itself when you release it. a signal bulb may be burned out and other drivers won’t see your turn signal. When the high beams are on. If a bulb is burned out.

WIPER v I For steady wiping at low speed. don’t use your washer until the windshieldis warmed. In freezing weather. turn the band to OFF. Otherwise the washer fluid can form ice on the windshield. If carefully loosen or thaw them.The closer toLO. turn band to LO.This can be very useful in light rain or snow. Turn the band to choose the delay time. blocking your vision. your bladesdo become If damaged. turn the band further. HI. they’re frozen to the windshield. the shorter the delay. Be sure to clear ice snow from the wiper blades and before using them. For the high-speed wiping. You can set the wiper speed a longor short delay for between wipes. get new blades or blade inserts. To stop to the wipers. 2-30 : I I .

Cruise Control (If Equipped) When you apply your brakes. you can maintain a speed of about 25 mph (40 km/h) or more without keeping your foot on the accelerator. and you could lose control. t I 0 0 Cruise control can be dangerous where you can’t drive safely at a steady speed. With cruise control.This can really help on long trips. Cruise control can be dangerous on slippery roads. On such roads. don’t use your cruise control on winding roads or in heavy traffic. the cruise control shuts off.So. 2-31 . Cruise control does not work at speeds below about 25 mph (40 km/h). Don’t use cruise control on slippery roads. fast changes in tire traction can cause needless wheel spinning.

This shuts the cruise off control. Take your foot the off accelerator pedal.Setting Cruise Control Resuming a Set Speed Suppose you set your cruise control at a desired speed and then you apply the brake. 4. 2. 1.You could be startled and even lose control. Push in theSET button at the end of the lever and release it. Move the cruise control switch to ON. you might hit button and go into cruise when you don't want to. but you don't need to reset it when you want to resume your previous speed. 3. 2-32 . I If you leave your cruise control switch on when a you're not using cruise. Get up to the speed you want. Keep the cruise control switch OFF until you wantto use it.

then release the button and the accelerator pedal. you’ll go 1 mph (1. your vehicle willgo about 1 mph (1. Passing Another Vehicle While Using Cruise Control Use the accelerator pedal to increase your speed.Increasing Speed While Using Cruise Control There are two ways to go to a higher speed: 1. load the steepnessof the hills. Many drivers find this to be too much trouble and don’t use cruise control on steep hills. then release it.6 km/h) slower. 2-33 . applying the brake takes you out of cruise control. Each time you do this. Use the accelerator pedal to get to the higher speed. set The accelerate feature will only work after you set the cruise control speed by pushing the SET button. OR 0 Move the cruise switch to OFF. move the switch to WA. your cruise control set speed memory erased. you mayhave to brakeor shift to a lower gear to keep your speed down. Move the cruise switch from ON to WA. (To increase your speed in very small amounts. push the SET button for less than half a second. your vehicle will slow down tothe cruise control speed you earlier.6 km/h) faster). is Reducing Speed While Using Cruise Control There are two ways to reduce your speed while using cruise control: 0 Push in the SET button until you reachthe lower speed you want. Ending Cruise Control There are two ways to turn off the cruise control: 0 Step lightly on the brake pedal. then release the switch. 0 To slow down in very smallamounts. When off you take your foot the pedal. Each time you do this. Of course. You’ll now cruise at thehigher speed. Hold it there until you get up to the speed you want. you may have to step on the accelerator pedal to maintain your speed. Erasing Cruise Speed Memory When you turn off cruise control orthe ignition. and When goingup steep hills. When going downhill. or the shift intoPARK (P) or NEUTRAL (N). Using Cruise Control on Hills How well yourcruise control will work on hills depends upon your speed. 2. Push theSET button at the end of the lever.

They control these systems: Headlamps Taillamps ParkingLamps LicenseLamps Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) can make easier for it others to see the front your vehicle during the day. A warning chime will sound when you turn the ignition switch to OFF. 2-34 . LOCK or ACC with the lamps on. PC Turn the knob to this symbol(B) to turn on the parking and other operating lamps without the headlamps. Turn the knob toOFF to turn off the lamps.Exterior Lamps 0 SidemarkerLamps InstrumentPanelLights CourtesyLamps -:q. A light sensoron top of the instrument panel makes the DRL work. of DRL can be helpful in many different driving conditions. but they can be especially helpful in the short periods after dawn and before sunset.the knob to this symbol (C) to turn on the Turn headlamps and other operating lamps. so be sure it isn’t covered. Daytime Running LampdAutomatic Headlamp Control The lamp controls are onthe instrument panel.

Then start your vehicle.The DRL will stayoff until you release the parking brake. even when the doors are closed. When it’s bright enough outside. the regular lamps will go out. your low-beam headlamps will change to full brightness. sure to be turn off all reading lamps when leaving your vehicle. several lamps come on. When the DRL are on.They make it easy for you to enter and leave your vehicle. Your instrument panel won’t be lit up either.The DRL system will make your low-beam headlamps come on at a reduced brightness when: 1 Interior Lamps Instrument Panel Brightness Control You can brightenor dim the instrument panel lamps by moving the dial (A). The other lamps thatcome on with your headlamps willalso come on. you should turn the regular on headlamp system when you need it. only your low-beam headlamps willbe on. set the parking brake whilethe ignition is in OFF or LOCK. your courtesyor interior lamps willcome on. The headlamp switch is off and The parking brake is released. sidemarker and other lamps won’t be on. Courtesy Lamps When any door is opened. 2-35 . When it’s dark enough outside. Some of the lamps have switches so you can turn them on. To idle your vehicle withthe DRL off. To avoid draining your battery. These lamps are courtesy lamps. If you turn the dial all the way up. can also turn these You lamps on by moving the dial near the headlamp knob all the way up. These lamps are reading lamps. The taillamps. As with any vehicle. 0 0 0 The ignition ison. and your low-beam headlampschange to the reduced brightness of DRL.

the lamps will turn off after about seconds. is inactive. Instead. If you don’t open a door. go When the ignition is sustained interior illumination on.Sustained Interior Illumination Your courtesy lamps will come on and stayon for a set time whenever you: 0 Open a door. Press UNLOCK onthe remote keyless entry transmitter (if equipped). unless you press 18 2-36 . 0 0 Press the trunk symbol on theremote keyless entry transmitter (if equipped). The time delay time is canceled if you turn the ignition key to RUN or START. If you press UNLOCK TRUNK and or don’t open a door. the lamps will turn about off 17 seconds after all the doors are closed. which means the courtesy lamps won’t come on. Press LOCK on the remote keyless entry transmitter (if equipped). If you press LOCK on the remote keyless entry transmitter. so the lamps will out right away. open If you open a door. thelamps will stay on while it’s and then turn off automaticallyabout 18 seconds after you close it. Sustained interior illumination includes a feature called theater dimming. the lamps will turnafter about off 55 seconds. With theater dimming. they slowly dim during the delay until theygo out. 0 UNLOCK or TRUNK the remote keyless e n q on transmitter. the lamps don’t just turn off at the endof the delay time.

These lamps go on when you open the doors. you leave the dial turnedall the If way up. orif you leave a door open.turn the lamps on and off with the switches. thelamps will automatically turnoff after 10 minutes ifthe ignition is off.Rearview MirrorReading Lamps Battery Saver Your vehcle has a feature to help prevent you from draining the battery. . When the doors are closed. in case you accidentally leave the courtesy lamps on.

To reduce glare from headlamps behind you. pull the lever toward you. Power Outside Mirrors Equipped) (If The power mirror control is on the driver's door. push the lever forward (to the night position).Manual Outside Mirrors Adjust the right mirror by hand. 2-38 . move the knob in the directionyou want to move the mirror. return the To mirror to the day position. To adjust the left mirror. Then move the control in the direction you want to move the mirror. Turn the control to the left to adjust theleft rnirror orto the rightto adjust the right mirror.

Convex Outside Mirror Your passenger’s sidemirror is convex. If you cut too sharply into the right lane. A convex mirror can make things (like other vehicles) look farther away than they really are. you could hit a vehicle on your right. 2-39 . slide it out of the instrument panel. To use this cupholder. Check your inside mirror or glance over your shoulder before Instrument Panel Cupholder changing lanes. Storage Compartments Glove Box Use the door key to lock and unlock theglove box. flip it forward. lift the latch. Press the latch on the front edge and pull up. To use the cupholder. fold down the armrest. A convex mirror’s surfaceis curved so you can see more from the driver’s seat. To open. Storage Armrest To use the storage area.

Put small loads. 2-40 . To open the storage area. like grocery bags. press the button and lift the cover. You'll see it just inside the back wall of the trunk. Store them i the n trunk as far forward as you can. heavier loads. To use the cupholder for large cups. The net isn't for larger. It can help keep them fiom falling over during 'sharpturns or quick startsand stops. You can unhook the net so that it will lie flat when you're not using it. Convenience Net (Option) Center Console '1 Your vehicle may have a convenience net.Door Storage Compartments Each of the doors has a storage compartment. The consolehas a cassette and CD storage bin and a cupholder. remove the insert. behind the net.

2-41 . for You You can only access the ashtray by pushing on the door's To block out glare. Visor Vanity Mirrors NOTICE: Don't put papers and other things that burninto your ashtrays. For the console ashtray. open it. The ashtray will then rotate to the right usage. can also move themfrom side to side. push down on the locking taband pull out the ashtray. When it's ready. right side. damaging the lighter and the heating element. push down on the snuffer located in the middle of the ashtray and lift it out. open lid and lift out the the ashtray using the snuffer. cigarettes or other smoking materials could set them on fire. it will pop back by won't be able to back away from heating element when it's the ready.To remove the ashtray. just push it in all theway and let go. If you do.Ashtrays and Lighter The center front ashtray may beon the instrument panel or on the console. NOTICE: Don't hold a cigarette lighter in with your hand while it is heating. To remove the instrument panel ashtray. Your vehicle mayhave a rear ashtray. To use the lighter.If you do. causing damage. Push on the right of the side Sun Visors door. you can swing down the visors. That can makeit overheat.It is located within a small door the rear of your console rear of your at or front seat storage armrest.

~ View A View B Installation 1. on Floor Mats (Option) 3. un-snap itfrom the locator post (see view I 5.lift the cover. Forthe driver’s mirror. To remove the mat. Move the driver’s seat toits most rearward position. align the grommet in the mat over the locator post and push down snap the mat to into place (see viewB). edge of the seat track mounting bracket (see view Il i . Use a screwdriver to screw the locator post the into vehicle’s carpeting. pull on the rearof the mat to up B). but will rotate freely when installed properly. Locate the driver’s side floor mat the vehicle with in the rear of the mat against theleft (outboard) front A). For the passenger’s mirror. The locator will not screw down tightly. 2. Usage 4. To re-install the mat. These leads can be used to power aftermarket electrical equipment added to your vehicle. slide the cover to the side.Open thecover to expose the vanity mirror.The lamps will come on when you open the cover the passenger’s visor. Auxiliary Power Connection Your vehicle isequipped with auxiliary power leads. Press down while turning to allow the locator “auger point” to pierce the floor carpet.

NOTICE: Adding some electrical equipment to your vehicle can damageit or keep other things from working as they should. To open the glass panel and sunshade. below the glove box and behind what referred to as a is “hush panel. The sunroof switch is located between the sun visors just ahead of the sunroof and works only when the ignition is on. The sunshade can only be closed by hand. Check with your dealer before adding electrical equipment and never use anything that exceeds the fuse rating. Sunroof (Option) Your sunroof includes a sliding glass panel and a sliding sunshade.Let go of the switchto stop the panel any in position. The sunroof glass panel cannot opened or closed if be your vehicle has an electrical failure. 2-43 . Press thefront of the switch to close the glass panel.” For additional informationon accessing these leads and electrical hookup. please refer to your service manual.They are located on the passenger’s side of the vehicle. This wouldn’t be covered by your warranty. press the rear of the switch.

Instrument Panel -.Your Information System !-44 .

Lamp Controls 2-45 . Instrument Cluster C. Remote Trunk Release B.Vents E. Audio System E Ashtray and Lighter G.A. Glove Box H. Climate ControVRear Defogger D.

about how much is in your tank and many fuel other things you need to drive safely and economically.Instrument Panel Cluster TEMPERATURE SECURITY Standard Cluster: United States Version Shown. 2-46 . You’llknow how fast is you’re going. Canadian Similar Your instrument clusteris designed to let you know at a glance how your vehicle running.

Canadian Similar 2-47 .Optional Cluster: United States Version Shown.

You may wonder what happens if your vehicle needs a new odometer installed. may Trip Odometer Your trip odometer tells how you have driven since far you last resetit. 2-48 . RPM I NOTICE: Do not operate the engine with the tachometer in the red area. you’ll know someone has probably tampered withand the numbers it may not be correct. \ 1. Your odometer shows how your vehicle has been driven in far either miles (used in the United States)in kilometers or (used inCanada). Your Chevrolet has a tamper-resistant odometer.Speedometer/Odometer Your speedometer letsyou see your speed in both miles per hour (mph) and kilometers per hour (km/h). or engine damage occur. Tachometer The tachometer displays the engine speed in thousands of revolutions per minute (rpm). then that what will is be done. press the reset button. To set it to zero.If it can’t. you If see silver lines between the numbers. then it will set at zero and label be a must be put on the driver’s to show the old mileage door reading when the new odometer was installed.If the new one can be set to the mileage total of the old odometer.

Warning lights and gagescan signal that somethingis wrong beforeit becomes serious enoughto cause an expensive repairor replacement.and even dangerous.If you are familiar with this section. check the section that tells you what to do about it. As you will see in the details on the next few pages. The safety belt light will also come on and stayon until the driver’s belt is buckled. So please get to know your warning lights and gages. When one of the warning lightscomes on and stays on when youare driving. Often gages and warning lights work together to let know when you there’s a problem with your vehicle.Warning Lights. They’re a big help. some warning lightscome on briefly when you start the engine just to let you know they’re working. a chime will come on for about eight seconds to remind people to fasten their safety belts. or when of the gages shows one there may be a problem. Paying attention to your warning lights and gages could save you or also others from injury. unless the driver’s safety belt is already buckled. Safety Belt Reminder Light When the keyis turned to RUN or START. The pictures will help you locate them. Warning lights come on when there may be or is a problem withone of your vehicle’s functions. 2-49 . Please follow this manual’s advice. Gages and Indicators This part describes the warning lights and gages that may be on your vehicle. Waiting to do repairs can be costly -. Gages can indicate when there may be is a problem or with one of your vehicle’s functions. you should not alarmed be when this happens.

could It indicate that you have a loose drive belt or another electrical problem. Have checked right away. be certain to turn off all your accessories. 2-50 . is If you must drive a short distance with the light on. Have your vehicle serviced right away. Driving it while this light on could drain your battery. The light tells you if there an electrical is problem.have it fixed so it will be ready to warn you if therea problem. such as the radio and air conditioner. The air bag readiness light should flash a few for seconds whenyou turn the ignition key to RUN. The system checks the bag’s electrical systemfor air malfunctions.the wiring and the crash sensing and diagnostic module. If the light doesn’tcome on then.Air Bag Readiness Light There is an air bag readiness light on the instrument panel. and it will flash for a few seconds.or comes on while you are driving. For more information on the air bag system. Then it should go out. your air bag system may not work properly. is Charging System Light The charging system light will come on briefly when you turn on the ignition.see “Air Bag” in Index. which shows AIR BAG or the air bag symbol. you may have a problem with the charging system. VOLTS AIR BAG If the air bag readiness light stays after you start the on engine or comes on when you are driving. This means the systemis ready. the air bag modules. If it stays on. Then the light should go out. as a checkto show you it’s working. the This light willcome on when you start your engine. The system check includes theair bag sensors.

BRAKE If the lightcomes on while you are driving. If one part isn’t working. the brake system warning light will alsocome on when you set your parking brake. It may take longer to stop. You may notice thatthe pedal is harder to push. If the light ison or if the still anti-lock brake system warning light is flashing after you’ve pulled the road and stopped off carefully. System Warning Light” and “Towing Your Vehicle” in the Index. If it stays on after your parking brakeis fully released. For good braking.) 1 Your brake system may not be working properly if the brake system warning light is on. there could be a brake problem. If it doesn’t come on then. Have your brake system inspected right away. you need bothparts working well.Brake System Warning Light Your Chevrolet’s hydraulic brake system divided into is two parts. or if the anti-lock brake system warning lightis flashing. If the warning light comes on. have the vehicle towed for service.the other partcan still work andstop you. When the ignitionis on. it means you have a brake problem. (See “Anti-Lock Brake 2-51 . The light will stay if your parking brake doesn’t release on fully. This light should come on briefly when you turn the ignition key toRUN. though. pull off the road and stop carefully.the pedal may go closer to the floor. If the light is still on. have the vehicle towed for service. Driving with the brake system warning light on can lead to an accident. have it fixed so it will be ready to warn you there’s if a problem. Or.

Driving with the anti-lock brake system warning light flashing can lead an to accident. It while you’re driving. stop as soon possible and turn as regular brakes. Or. but you don’thave anti-lock brakes. or comes again on may go closer to the floor. Pull the road and stop carefully. off You engine again to reset the may notice that the pedal harder to push. have it fixed so it will be ready to warn you there is a problem. may take longer to stop. ANTI LOCK If the anti-lock brake system warning light stays on If the light flashes when you’re driving. have the vehicle towed for service. If Have the vehicle towed service. Or. If the light still stays on.) system warning light isn’t on. if the light comes on and stays when you’re driving. turn the on anti-lock brakes and there could be a problem with your ignitionoff. your Chevrolet needs service. if 2-52 . That’s normal. If the to light doesn’t come on then._- Anti-Lock Brake System Warning Light (Option) With the anti-lock brake system. (See “Towing Your for the lightis on but not flashing the regular brake and Vehicle’’ in the Index. this light will come on when you start your engine and it will stay on for three seconds. you don’t have longer than normal after you’ve started your engine. The anti-lock brake system warning light should come on briefly when you turn the ignition keyRUN. After you’ve pulled the road and off stopped carefully. I Your regular brake system may not be working properly if the anti-lock brake system warning light is flashing. the pedal the ignitionoff. Then start the is system. you still have brakes.

See “Engine Overheating” in Index.Anti-Lock Brake System Active Light (Option) When your anti-lock system is adjusting brake pressure to help avoid a braking skid. The anti-lock brake system active lightalso comes on briefly when you turn the ignition keyRUN. you should pull off the road. stop your vehicle and turn off engine as soon as possible. the . is If you have been operating your vehicle under normal driving conditions. so adjust your driving accordingly. the In “Problems on the Road. the anti-lock brake system active light willcome on. have it fixed so it will be there to tell you when the system active. The light will stay on for a few seconds after the system stops adjusting brake pressure. Engine Coolant Temperature Light 1 HOT This light tells you that your engine coolant has overheated or your radiator cooling fan( s) LOW TRAC Slippery road conditions may exist if this light comes on.” this manual shows what to do. If the to light doesn’tcome on then.

you should pull off the road. you If have been operating your vehicle under normal driving conditions. your system is low on coolant and theengine may overheat. the 2-54 .Engine Coolant Temperature Gage You have a gage that shows the engine coolant temperature. this manual shows what to do. In “Problems on the Road”. See “Engine Overheating” in Index. It means that your engine coolant has overheated. stop your vehicle andturn off the engine as soonas possible. If the gage pointer moves into red the area. See “Engine Coolant” in the Index and have your vehicle serviced as soonas you can. yourengine is too hot! ow Coolant Warning Light If this lightcomes on. n LOW COOLANT That reading means the same thing as the warning light.

ignition andemission control systems. This could lead to costly repairs that may not be covered by your warranty. This system is also designed to assist your service technician in correctly diagnosing any malfunction.Malfunction Indicator Lamp (Service Engine Soon Light) Your Chevrolet is equipped with acomputer which monitors operationof the fuel. (In Canada.) The SERVICE ENGINE SOON light comes on to indicate that there a problem and is service is required. Dealer or qualified service center diagnosis and service is required. Light On Steady -. Dealer or qualified service center diagnosis and service may be required. Malfunctions often will be indicated by the system before any problem is apparent. If the light doesn’t come on. This light shouldcome on. whenthe ignition is on and engine is not the running.A misfire condition has been detected. as acheck to show youit is working. after a while. have it repaired. OBD I1 is replaced by Enhanced Diagnostics. 2-55 .An emission control system malfunction has been detected on your vehicle. your emission controls may not work as well. A misfire increases vehicle emissions and may damage the emission control system on your vehicle. your fuel economy may not be as good and your engine may not run as smoothly. This may prevent more serious damage to your vehicle. I NOTICE: If you keep driving your vehicle with this light on. This light will also come on during a malfunctionin one of two ways: 0 0 Light Flashing -. SERVICE ENGINE SOON This system is called OBDI1 (On-Board Diagnostics-Second Generation) and is intended to assure thatemissions are at acceptable levels the life for of the vehicle. helping to produce a cleaner environment.

If you are towing a trailer.see “If and the Light Is On Steady” following. Turn the keyoff. for If the LightIs On Steady You may be able to correct the emission system malfunction by considering the following: Did you recently put fuel into your vehicle? If so. reduce the amount of cargo being hauledas soon as it is possible. loose or A missing fuel cap will allowfuel to evaporate into the atmosphere. Find a safe place to park your vehicle.If the LightIs Flashing The following may prevent more serious damage to your vehicle: 0 0 Reducing vehicle speed. when it safe todo so. Avoiding steep uphill grades.The diagnostic system can determine ifthe fuel cap has been left off or improperly installed. see “If the Light on Is On Steady” following. and drive the vehicle to your dealer ox qualified service center service. reinstall the fuel cap.A few driving trips should turn the light off. If the light continuesto flash. follow the previous steps. is stop the vehicle. wait at least 10 seconds and restart the engine. 2-56 . The condition be will usually be corrected when electrical system the dries out. your electrical system may wet. If the light remains steady. 0 0 If the light stops flashing remains on steady. A few driving trips with the properly cap installed should turn the light off. Did you just drive through a deep puddle of water? If so. Avoiding hard accelerations. making sure to fully install the cap. If the light is still flashing.

hesitation on acceleration or stumbling on acceleration. be sure tofuel your vehicle with quality (see fuel “Fuel” in the Index). (These conditions may go away once the engine is warmed up. Have it fixed right away. orcome on when you are driving. The oil light could also come on in two other situations: 0 When the ignition is on but theengine is not running. It will requireat least one full tank of the proper fuel to turn the light off. The engine could be low onoil or could have some other oil problem. If you experience one or more of these conditions. Your dealer has the proper test equipment and diagnostic tools tofix any mechanical or electrical problems that may have developed. have your dealeror qualified service center check the vehicle. the light will come on asa test to show you is it working. 7 3 OIL This indicates thatoil is not going through your engine quickly enough to keep it lubricated.Have you recentlychanged brands of fuel? If so. change the fuel brand you use. butthe light will go out when you turn the ignition to START. Poorfuel quality will cause your engine not to run as efficiently as designed. If none of the above steps have made the light turnoff. stalling when you put the vehicle into gear. Haveit fixed right away. You may notice this as stalling after start-up. Oil Warning Light If you have a problem with your oil. misfiring. If it doesn’t come on with the ignition on.) This will be detected by system and cause the light the to turnon. 2-57 . this light may stay on after you start your engine. you may have a problem with fuse or the bulb.

L -

Low Oil Level Light
Your engine is equipped with anoil level monitoring system. When the ignition key is turned on, theLOW OIL light will briefly flash. If the light does not flash, have it fixed it will be so ready to warn you if there’s a problem.

1CAU 1 . K “

Don’t keep driving if the oil pressure is low. If you do, your engine can become hot that it so catches fire.You or others could be burned. Check your oil soon as possible and have your as vehicle serviced.

Damage to your engine from neglected oil by problems can be costly and is not covered your warranty.

If the light stays on, the vehicleon a level surface stop and turn the engine Check theoil level using the off. engine oil dipstick. (See “Engine Oil” in the Index.) If the light does not flash, the low oil level sensor have system repairedso it will be ready to warn you if there’s a problem. The oil level monitoring system only checks the oil level during the brief period between key on and engine crank. It does not monitor the engine oil level when the engine is running. Additionally, an oil level check is only performedif the engine has been turned for a off considerable periodof time, allowing the normally in oil circulation to drain back the oil pan. into



Change Oil Soon Light
The CHANGE OIL SOON light should come on as a bulb check when you start the engine. If this light stays on for about 20 seconds after you turn on theignition, have the oil changed.

Security Light
This light willcome on when you turn the key to START and stay on until the vehicle starts. It will also come on and stay on if your key is too dirty wet for or the PASS-Key I1 system to read the resistor pellet.



When to change your oil also depends on driving habits and conditionsbecause they directly affectengine speed, coolant temperature and vehicle speed. Because of this, the CHANGE OIL SOON light maycome on as early as 2,000 miles (3,200 km) or less for harsh conditions. Remember, afterchanging your engine oil, the system must be reset; with the ignition keyin the RUN position, but the engine off, fully push and release the accelerator pedal three times within seconds. If the CHANGE five OIL SOON lightflashes two times, the system is reset. However if the light comes on and stays onfor five seconds, it did notreset. You’ll need toreset the system again.

If the resistor pellet damaged or missing, the light is will flash. If you’re driving and the light comes on andremains on, your PASS-Key I1 system is not working properly. Your vehicle is not protectedby PASS-Key 11, and you should see your dealer.


Fuel Gage
Your fuel gage tells you about how much you fuel have left when the ignition is on. When the indicator nears EMPTY (E), you still have a littlefuel left, but you should get more soon.

Here are some things owners ask about. All these situations are normal do not show a problem with and your fuel gage:

At the service station, the pump shuts off before the gage reads FULL (F). It takes a little more or less to fill up than the gage fuel indicated. For example, the gage may have indicated the tank was half full, but actually tooka little more it or less than half thetank's capacity tofill it. The gage movesa little when you turn a corner or speed up.










0 Section 3

Comfort Controls and Audio Systems

In this section,you'll find out how to operatethe comfort control andaudio systems offered with your Chevrolet. Be sure to read about the particular systems supplied with your vehicle. 3-2 3-4 3-4 3-4 3-5 3-5 3-5 3-6 3-6

Comfort Controls Air Conditioning Heating Ventilation System Ventilation Tips Defogging and Defrosting Rear Window Defogger Audio Systems Setting the Clock for Systems with Automatic Tone Control Setting the Clock for Systems without Automatic Tone Control

3-6 3-8 3- 12 3-15 3-17 3-18 3-18 3- 19 3-20 3-20


AM-FM Stereo AM-F" Stereo with Cassette Tape Player and Automatic Tone Control (If Equipped) AM-FM Stereo with Compact Disc Player and Automatic ToneControl (If Equipped) Theft-Deterrent Feature Audio SteeringWheel Controls (If Equipped) Understanding Radio Reception Tips About Your AudioSystem Care of Your Cassette Tape Player Care of Your Compact Discs Fixed Mast Antenna


Comfort Controls
Air Conditioning with Electronic Controls

With these systems,you can control the heating, cooling and ventilationin your vehicle.The systems work best if you keep your windows closed while using them.

Fan Knob
The right knob with the symbol selects the force fan of air you want. To turn the fan off, turn the knob “0” to .

Temperature Control
If your system does not have the auxiliary temperature control option, the center knob changes the temperature of the aircoming through the system. Turn this knob toward red (clockwise) for warmer air. Turntoward it blue (counterclockwise)for cooler air.
If your system does have the auxiliary temperature control option, the center levers change the temperature of the air coming through the system. DRIV lever The sets the temperature the driver and rear seat for passengers, and thePASS lever sets the temperature for the front seat passenger. For maximum defroster performance, setthe DRIV and PASS levers at full warm.


) + ’ +fl 9 3-3 . Some of the 40°F (4°C).The air conditioning compressor will run DEFOG: This setting allows half of air to go the automatically in this setting unless outside the to the floor ducts and half the defrost and side to temperature is below 40°F (4°C). you control the temperature. through the ducts near the floor. your vehicle and sends through the instrument it w e panel outlets.(Even when the compressor is running. rest comes out The of MAX: This setting recirculates much of the inside air the defrost and side window vents. Most of the remaining air is directed throughthe floor ducts and a little to the defrost and side window vents. (Even whenthe compressor is running.) through the instrument panel outlets. you can control the temperature. you can control and directs it two ways.) window vents. For each setting. set the temperature to a 0 FLOOR: This setting sends mostof the air comfortable setting. The air compressor is running.(Even when the through the instrument panel outlets. The air conditioning compressor will run automatically in this setting unless the outside A/C: This setting brings in outside air and directs it temperature is below 40°F (4°C). you can control the temperature. youcan control the temperature. (Even when the compressor is air goes to thefloor ducts.(Even +fl BI-LEVEL: This setting brings in the outsideair when the compressor is running.Mode Knob *e f l VENT This setting brings in outsideair and The left knobhas several settings to control the direction directs it throughthe instrument panel outlets. of airflow.) can conditioning compressor will run automatically in this DEFROST This setting directs mostof the air setting unlessthe outside temperature is below through the defrost and side window vents.) compressor will run automatically this setting unless in +e the outside temperatureis below 40°F (4°C). The air conditioning running. Half the air is directed of the temperature.The air conditioning compressorwill run automatically in this setting unless theoutside temperature is below 40°F (4°C).

The system will bring in outside and direct it to ar i your upper body.The system will bring in load. while sending slightly warmedi to ar your lower body. For normal cooling on hot days. If your vehicle has an engine coolant heater. inside air escape.An engine coolant heater warms the coolant your engine and heating system use to provide heat. which should help fuel economy. use with the A/C temperature control in the blue area. reduces the A/C compressor This all theway in the red area. the may warm your upper sun body.If the this setting is used long periodsof time. cool On cool but sunny days. "Engine Coolant See Heater" in the Index. open the windows long enough to let On cold days use FLOOR with the temperature control hot. heat and send it to the floor ducts. system will The bring in outside air and it. You may noticethis temperature difference more at some times than at others.Air Conditioning Heating On very hot days. the air in for your vehiclemay become toodry. Ventilation System Adjust the directionof aifflow by moving the louvered vents. outside air. 3-4 . it For quick cool-down on very days. but your lower body may not wann enough. You be can use BI-LEVEL with the temperature control in the middle. you use can it to help your system provide warm air faster when it's cold outside(0°F (-18°C) or lower). useMAX with hot the temperature control all way in the blue area.

To warm passengers while keeping the windows clean. Do not attachanything like a temporary vehicle license or decal across the defogger grid. You can also turn it off by turning off the ignition or pressing the button again. reducing the chance of fogging the inside of your windows. use VENT to direct outside air through your vehicle.such as leaves. snow or any other obstruction. helps clear This the intake ductsof snow and moisture and reduces the chance of fogging the inside of your windows. Rear Window Defogger The rear window defogger uses a warming grid to remove fog from the rear window. The heater and defroster will workfar better. use DEFROST with thetemperature knob(s) all the way in the red area. To defrost the windows quickly. Defogging and Defrosting Your system has two settings for clearing thefront and side windows. 0 When you entera vehicle in cold weather. 3-5 .Your vehicle’s flow-through ventilation system supplies outside airinto the vehicle whenit is moving. thedefogger will only runfor about five minutes before turningoff. If you turn off it on again. Outside air will also enter vehicle whenthe air conditioning the fan is running. This helps air to circulate throughout your vehicle. use DEFOG. Press the button to It will turn itself after about ten minutes. 0 Keep the air path under the front seats clear of objects. Ventilation Tips 0 For mild outside temperatures when little heating or cooling is needed. setthe mode toFLOOR and the fan to the highest speed for a few moments before driving off. 0 Keep the hood and front air inletfree of ice.

I NOTICE: Don’t usea razor blade or something else sharp on the inside the rear window. Find out what your Delco system canand how to do Playing the Radio operate all its controls. turn the knob clockwise. increase volume and turn the To Setting the Clock for Systems with radio on. will get the You easily and give most enjoyment outof it if you acquaint yourself with it first. SET will appear on the display for five seconds. When the radio is playing. you of If could cut or damage the warming grid. pressing the RECALL knob. The display shows your selection. Setting the Clock for Systems without press this button to recall the station frequency. Press HR RECALL: Display the time with the ignition by off and hold MN until the correct minute appears. you do. Withinfive seconds. u n it Tr Automatic Tone Control counterclockwiseto decrease volume. press and hold the right arrow on the SEEK button until the correct minute appears. . TUNE: Turn the lower knob to choose radio stations. Finding a Station AM-FM: Press the lower knob to switch between AM and FM. Press and hold until the correct hour appears. and the repairs wouldn’t be covered by your warranty. AM-FM Stereo Audio S stems Your Delco audio system has been designed to operate years of listening pleasure. controls the volume. Q7 Automatic Tone Control Press SET. sure you’re getting the most out be to VOLUME: This knob turnsthe system on and off and of the advanced engineering that went into it. Press and hold the arrow on the SEEK left button until the correct hour appears.

within five seconds. 3. 6. FADE: Turn the control behind the lower knob to move the sound to the front or rear speakers. Repeat the steps foreach pair of pushbuttons. release the buttons. Press AM-FM to select the band. Press SET. The sound willmute. you may want to decrease the treble. You can set up to 14 stations (seven AM and seven FM). then press the other SEEK arrow. (SET will appear on the display. Setting the Tone BASS: Slide the lever up or down to increaseor decrease bass. The middle position balances the sound between the speakers. Just: 1.the station youset will return. PUSHBUTTONS: The four numbered pushbuttons let you return to your favorite stations.) 3. 4. Tune in the desired station. 2. Adjusting the Speakers knob to move BAL: Turn the control behind the upper the sound to left or right speakers. thengo on to the next station. release the button. The radio will go to a station. Whenever press the you same buttons.) 5. depending on the arrow you pressedfirst. the station you set will return. (SET willappear on the display. Repeat the steps for each pushbutton. 3-7 . UseSCAN to listen to stations for a few seconds. up to three more stations may be preset on band by pressing each two adjoining buttons at same time. Press any two adjoining pushbuttons at the same time. If a stationis weak or noisy. 2. within five seconds.stop for a few seconds. Press and hold one of the four numbered buttons. 4. Press SET. Press both SEEK arrows or the upper knob to stop scanning. Whenever you press that numbered button.SEEK: Press the rightor left arrow to go to the next higher or lower station and stay there. When it returns. TREB: Slide the leverup or down to increase or decrease treble. The radio will scan up or downthe radio band. Turn the radio on.SCAN will appear on the display. middle the The position balances the sound between the speakers. The sound will mute. SCAN: Press and holdone of the SEEK arrows. Just: the 1. In addition tothe four stations already set. Tune in the desired station. When it returns.

When the radio is playing. turn the knob clockwise. Push the knob back into its stored position when you're not using it. The knob is capable of rotating continuously. To increase volume. SCV: Your system has a feature called Speed-Compensated-Volume (SCV). press this button to recall station frequency. Playing the Radio PWR-VOL: Press thisknob to turn the system on and off. Each detent on control ring allows the for more volume compensation at a faster rate of speed. Press SEEK again to stop scanning. The radio willgo to a station. The sound will mute while seeking. turn the control all the way down. to If you don't want to use SCV. SCV automatically increases the volume. volume The level should always sound the same you as you drive. then go on to the next station. With SCV. to overcome noise at any particular speed. Set the volume the at desired level. I 3-8 . as necessary. Then.Move the control ring behind the upper knob clockwise to adjust theSCV. Turn it counterclockwiseto decrease volume. SCAN: Press and hold of the SEEK arrows for two one seconds until SCAN appears on the display. SCAN allows you to listen to each station for a few seconds.AM-FM Stereo with Cassette Tape Player and Automatic Tone Control Equipped) (If audio system adjusts automatically to make for road up and wind noiseas you drive. The display shows your selection.stop for a few seconds. RECALL: Display thetime with the ignition by off pressing this button. your Finding a Station AM-FM: Press this button to switch between FMl AM. and FM2. as you drive. The sound will mute while scanning. TUNE: Press this knob lightly it extends. SEEK: Press the right or left arrow to go to the next higher lower station. Turn it to so choose radio stations.

it Whenever you press that numbered button. You can set up to 18 stations (six AM. If a stationis weak go or noisy. Turn the knob clockwise to increase bass and counterclockwise to decrease bass. The radio will scanthrough each of the stations stored on your pushbuttons. you may want to decrease the treble. C/W willappear on the display whenyou first press AUTO TONE. Push these knobs back into their stored positions when you’re not using them.The AUTO TONE setting storedfor that pushbutton will be automatically chosen. The sound will mute.SCAN: Press this button to listen to of your each favorite stations stored on your pushbuttons for a few seconds.rock. Turn the so knob clockwise to increase trebleand counterclockwise to decrease treble. AUTO TONE:This feature allows you to choose preset bass and treble equalization settings designed for classical. the radio’s AUTO TONE setting will switch to manual and the AUTO TONE display will blank.Each time you press it. Press AUTO TONE to select the equalization that best suits the type of station selected. Press AM-FM to select band. the 2. In FM mode. six FM1 and six FM2). 4.SCAN will be displayed whenever the tuner is inthe P. Turn the radioon. 6. 5 . the station you set will return the AUTO TONE and equalization that you selected will be also automatically selectedfor that button. When use this control. another setting willappear on the display. P. news. will appear momentarily just before the frequency is displayed. Press P. Tune in the desired station. When you use this control.SCAN mode. Just: 1. release the button. Press andhold one of the six numbered buttons. country/western and jazz stations. this function will scan through both FM 1 and FM2 preset stations andFM1 or FM2 will appear on the display. pop. Setting theTone 3. the radio’s you AUTO TONE setting will switch to manual and the AUTO TONE display willgo blank.SCAN or one of the pushbuttons again to stop scanning. Repeat the steps for each pushbutton. P. TREB: Press this knob lightly it extends. Pressit again after JAZZ appears and the AUTO TONE display willgo . The channel number (P1-P6) BASS: Press this knob lightly so it extends. When returns.except those stations with weak reception.PUSHBUTTONS: The six numberedpushbuttons let you return to your favorite stations.

3-10 .

The sound will mute during NEXT or SEEK operation. 3-11 . “Care of See Your Cassette Tape Player” in the Index. REV (4): Press this button to reverse the tape rapidly. the If your system is equipped with a remote playback device. AM-FM: Press this button to play the radio when a tape is in the player. EJECT may be activated with either the ignition or radiooff. If you leave a cassette tapein the player while listening to the radio. The radio will play the last-selected station while the tape reverses. Note thatthe double-D symbol will appear on the display. Cassettes may be loaded with the radio offif this buttonis pressed first. CLN: If this messageappears on the display. Dolby@Noise Reduction is manufactured under a license from Dolby LaboratoriesLicensing Corporation. Pressthe button again to return to playing speed.The radio will play the last-selected station whilethe tape advances. Press thisbutton or one of the SEEK arrows again to return tonormal play. but you should cleanit as soonas possible to prevent damage tothe tapes and player. The tape symbol with an arrow willappear on the display when tape is active. If you hold the the button or press it more than once. pressingthis button a second time will allow the remote device to play. 00 (5): Press this button to reduce background noise.Your tape must have at least three seconds of silence between each selection for NEXT or SEEK to work. TAPE AUX:Press this button to change to the tape function whenthe radio is on.the player will continue moving forward through the tape. It will play still tapes. The radio will play. The tape direction arrow blinks during NEXT or SEEK operation.The radio will show the indicator was reset. FWD (6): Press this button to advance quickly to another part of the tape. Dolby and thedouble-D symbol are trademarks of Dolby LaboratoriesLicensing Corporation. Press it again to return to playing speed.NEXT (3): Press this buttonor the SEEK rightarrow to search for the next selection on tape. the cassette tape player needs to be cleaned. After clean you the player. press and hold EJECT for five seconds to reset the CLN indicator. it may become warm. EJECT Press this button to remove the tape.

Then.The display shows your selection. The sound will mute while seeking. as you drive. RECALL: Press this button to recall the station being played. Turnit to so choose radio stations. your audio system adjusts automatically to make for road up TUNE: Press this knob lightly it extends. The knob is capable of rotating continuously. Use SCAN to listen to stationsfor a few seconds. Playing the Radio PWR-VOL: Press thisknob to turn the system on and off. the the clock will show for a few seconds. volume The level should always sound the same you as you drive. SCAN: Press one of the SEEK arrows for two seconds. to overcome noise at any particular speed.AM-FM Stereo with Compact Disc Player and Automatic Tone Control(If Equipped) and wind noiseas you drive. With SCV. Move the control ring behind the upper knob clockwise to adjust the SCV. Set the volume at the desired level. Turn it counterclockwiseto decrease volume. Press SEEK again to stop scanning. stopfor a few seconds.turn the knob clockwise. To increase volume. 3-12 . Finding a Station AM-FM: Press this button to switch between AM. FM1 and FM2. If you press the button when ignition is off. The radio will go to a station. and SCAN will appear on the display. Each detent on the control ring allows for more volume compensation at a faster rate of speed. as necessary. turn the control all the way down. to If you don’t want to use SCV. SCV automatically increases the volume. sound The will mute while scanning. Push the knob back into its stored position when you’re not using it. SEEK: Press the right or left arrow to go to the next higher or lower station and stay there. SCV: Your system has a feature called Speed-Compensated-Volume (SCV). then on to the next go station.

3-13 . Tune in the desired station. Push these knobs back into their stored positions when you’re not using them. PSCAN will be displayed whenever the tuner is in the PSCAN mode. another setting willappear on the display. The AUTO TONE setting stored for that pushbutton will be automatically chosen. Turn the knob clockwise to increase trebleand counterclockwise to decrease treble. release the button. Repeat the steps foreach pushbutton. 6. sound will mute. Whenever you press that numbered button. 3.SCAN: Press this button to listen to each of your favorite stations stored on your pushbuttons for a few seconds. Tone control will return to the BASS and TREB knobs. When it returns. Press and holdone of the six numbered buttons. Press P. Just: 1. Each time you press it. control will return to them and AUTO TONE the display will go blank. news. ifyou use the BASS and TREB knobs. Press AM-FM to select the band. except those stations with weak reception. AUTO TONE: This feature allows you tochoose preset bass and treble equalization settings designed for classical. Also. Turn theradio on. 4. the station you set willreturn and the AUTO TONE equalization that you selected will be also automatically selectedfor that button. Press AUTO TONE to select equalization that the best suits the type station selected. pop. P. Turnthe knob clockwise to increase bass and counterclockwise to decrease bass. You can set up to 18 stations (six AM. When use this control. Press again after it JAZZ appears and the AUTO TONE display will go blank. Setting theTone BASS: Press this knob lightly so it extends.PUSHBUTTONS: The six numberedpushbuttons let you return to yourfavorite stations. six FM1 and six FM2). TREB: Press thisknob lightly so it extends. of The 5. 2.SCAN or one of the pushbuttons again to stop scanning. the radio’s you AUTO TONE setting will switch to manual and the AUTO TONE display will go blank. The channel number (Pl-P6) will appear momentarily just before the frequency is displayed. country/western and jazz stations. C/W will appear on the display when you first press AUTO TONE. you may want to decrease the treble. If a stationis weak go or noisy. the radio’s AUTO TONE setting willswitch to manual and the AUTO TONE display will blank. The radio will scan through each of the stations stored on your pushbuttons. When you use this control. rock.

it display will show and the CD symbol. RANDOM will show on position balances the sound between the speakers. FWD (6): Press andhold this button to advance If the disc comes out. could be that: it quickly within a track. Release to resume playing. sound will mute The player will pull in. Turn the knob clockwise to adjust the sound to the front speakers RDM (2): Press this button to hear tracks in random. label side up. middle The rather than sequential.You it The disc is upside down. You can it ERR the disc may not play and (error) may appearon use the counter reading on display to locate a the the display.Adjusting the Speakers BAL: Press thisknob lightly so it extends. passage more easily. NEXT (3): Press this button or right SEEK the arrow to go the next track. player will continue the Insert a disc partway the slot. RDM is reset tooff when the disc is ejected. can use the counter reading on the display to locate a passage easily. Release to play the passage. order. (If so. you hold the button or press If it more than once. Press RDM again to turnoff random play. PressRECALL to takeERR off the display. the disc should play. 0 It is dirty. the and counterclockwisefor the rear speakers. scratched or wet. Turn the knob clockwise for the right speakers and counterclockwise for the left speakers. CD REV (4): Press and hold this button to quickly reverse If you’re driving on a very rough road or if it’s very hot. It is very humid. the display. The disc should begin playing. The while seeking. you holdthe button to If Playing aCompact Disc or pressit more than once. within a track. The soundwill mute while seeking.) FADE: Press thisknob lightly so it extends. 3-14 . PREV (1): Press this button or the left SEEK arrow to the start of a current track. into The moving forward through the disc. Push these knobs back into their stored positions when you’re not using them. wait about an hour and try again. the player will continue moving back through the disc. The middle position balances the sound between the speakers. When things get back to normal.

The radio will play.RECALL: Press this button to which track is see playing.If your battery loses power for any reason. the system plays normally and the radio is not protected by the feature. THEFTLOCK is If activated. The disc will start at the track when you first reinsert it. may it become warm. It is recommended thatyou read through all nine steps before starting the procedure. If ignored. the player willpull the disc back in to protect it after about one minute. Theft-Deterrent Feature THEFTLOCK" is designed to discourage theft of your radio. It worksby using a secret code to disable all radio functions whenever battery power removed.The track number also appears when you change the volume or when a new track starts to play.If you press EJECT but don't remove the disc. whether it is active or not.the disc will start playing where it was stopped. radio will display the LOC to indicatea locked conditionanytime battery power is removed. When you turn on the ignition or system. if When THEFTLOCK is activated.The letters CD will go off the display. If you leave a compact disc in the playerwhile listening to the radio. you must unlock the radio withthe secret code before it will operate. If you turn off the ignitionor radio with a disc in the player. 3-15 . Press it again within five seconds to see how long it has been playing (elapsed time). Activating the Theft-Deterrent Feature The instructions whichfollow explain how to enter your secret code to activate the THEFTLOCK system. EJECT: Press this button to remove the disc. the radio automatically reverts to time and you must start the procedure over at Step 4. AM-FM: Press this button to play the radio when disc a is in the player. NOTE: If you allow morethan 15 seconds to elapse between any steps. is The THEFTLOCK feature for the radio may be used or ignored. your radio will not operatestolen. it will stay in the player. A CD icon will appear on the display whenthe disc is in the player. CD AUX: Press this button to change to the disc function when the radio is on.

If you lose or forget your code. 4. Hold them down until --. If you enter the wrong code eight times. Press AM-FM and this time the display will show SEC to letyou know that your radio secure. contact your dealer. Write down any three or four-digit number from 000 to 1999 and keep in a safe place separate from it the vehicle.1. 2. 5. Press HR to make the firstone or two digits agree 2. The display will show SEC. 6.INOP will appear on the display. Press MN and 000 will appear on the display. Unlocking the Theft-Deterrent Feature After a Power Loss Enter your secret code as follows. Next you will use the secret code number whichyou have written down. Press AM-FM after you have confirmed that the code matches the secret code you have written down. you will only have three chances to enterthe correct code before INOP appears.shows on the display. 3-16 . The is indicator by the volume control will begin flashing when the ignition is turned off. Turn the ignition to ACCESSORY or RUN. 4. LOC appears when the ignition is on. Press MN and 000 will appear on the display. Turn the radio off. indicating the radio is now operable and secure. 3. Press HR to make thefirst one or two digits agree with your code. Press MN again to make the last two digits agree with your code. The display will show REP to letyou know that you need to repeat Steps5 through 7 to confirm your secret code. 3. You will have to wait an hour with the ignition on before you cany again. 9. with your code. 5. Press AM-FM after you have confirmed that the code matches the secret code you have written down. 7. pause no more than 15 seconds between steps: 1. Press MN again to makethe last two digits agree with your code. 8. Press the 1 and 4 buttons together. When you t r try again.

Press AM-FM after you have confirmed that the code matches the secret code you have written down. If the code entered is incorrect. PRESET Press this button to play station you have a programmed on the radio preset buttons. the radio won’t on and LOC will turn appear on the display. see “Unlocking the Theft-Deterrent Feature Aftera Power Loss”earlier in this section. The display will show---. If a cassette tape or compact disc is playing. G PRESET AM FM SEEK: Press the up arrow to tune to the next radio station and the down arrow to tune to the previous radio station. Turn the radio off. the player will advance with the arrow and rewind with the up down arrow. When battery poweris removed and later applied to a secured radio. 7. pause no more than 15 seconds between steps: To unlock a secured radio. 3-17 . The radio will remain secured until the correct code is entered.indicating that the radio is no longer secured. 1. SEC will appear on the display. 5. Audio Steering Wheel Controls (If Equipped) If your vehicle has this feature. Hold them down until SEC shows on the display. Turn the ignition to ACCESSORY or RUN. Press the 1 and 4 buttons together. 4. 3. you can control certain radio functions using the buttons on your steering wheel. 6.Disabling the Theft-Deterrent Feature Enter your secretcode as follows. Press MN again to make the last two digits agree with your code. 2. Press HR to make thefirst one or two digits agree with your code. Press MN and 000 will appear on the display.

can cause stations to interfere with each other. especially at night. can pick AM up noise from things like storms and power lines.Your hearing can adapt to higher volumes of sound.FMl or FM 2. is MUTE: Press this button to silence the system. FM stereo will give you the best sound. Press it again toturn on the sound.AM-FM: Press this button to choose AM. to PLAY: Press this button to play a cassette tape or compact disc when the radio playing. will or it stop and the radio will play. Sound that seems normal can be loud and harmful to your hearing. Take precautions by adjusting the volume control your radio to safe on a sound level before your hearing adapts to it. The longer range. causing the sound to come and go. Tall buildings or hills can interfere withFM signals. 3-18 . AM rne range for mostAM stations is greater thanfor FM.Try reducing the treble reduce this noiseif you ever get it. If a cassette tape compact disc is playing. however. Tips About Your Audio System Hearing damage from loud noise almost undetectable is until itis too late. But signals FM will reach onlyabout 10 to 40 miles (16to 65 km). Understanding Radio Reception FM Stereo I VOLUME: Press the up or down arrow to increase or decrease volume.

Increase volume slowly until you hear comfortably and clearly. I NOTICE: Before you add any sound equipment to your vehicle like atape player. It willstill play tapes. try a known good cassette to if it is the tape or the tape see player at fault. Cassette tapesshould be stored in their cases away from contaminants. check with your dealer and be sure to check Federal rules covering mobileradio and telephone units. Your tape player shouldbe cleaned regularly after every 50 hours of use. Your vehicle’ssystems may interfere with the operation sound equipmentthat has of been added improperly. If they aren’t. If this other cassette no improvement has in sound quality. CB radio. it’s very important to do it properly. Your radio may displayCLN to indicate that you have used your tape player 50 hours without for resetting the tape clean timer. before adding sound equipment. If you notice a reduction in sound quality. this message appears on If the display. your cassette tape player needs to be cleaned. Delco radio or other systems. Added sound equipment may inteflere with the operationof your vehicle’s engine.To help avoid hearing loss or damage: 0 0 Care of Your Cassette Tape Player A tape player that not cleaned regularly can cause is reduced sound quality. they may not operate properly ormay cause failure of the tape player. but you should clean as it soon as possible to prevent damage to your tapes and player. Adjust the volume control to the lowest setting. ruined cassettes a damaged or mechanism. I you can. mobile telephone or two-way radio be sure you can add f what you want. direct sunlight and extreme heat. So. and even damage them. clean the tape player. -- -- .

Insert the cassette at least three times to ensure thorough cleaning. Store them in their original cases It or other protective cases and away direct sunlight from and dust.Cleaning may be done with scrubbing show the indicator was reset. If the mast should ever become five seconds to reset the CLN may not clean as thoroughly as the scrubbing type cleaner. This type cleaning cassette will not of eject and. wet-type cleaner which uses cassette with a fabric belt to clean a the tape head. neutral detergent solution and in clean it. You may also choosea non-scrubbing action. Cassettes are subject to wear and the sound quality may degrade over time. The radio will slightly bent. soft cloth a mild. Always make sure the cassette Check every once in while to be sure the maststill a is tape is in good condition before have your tape you tightened to the fender. mast is badly bent. player serviced. a non-abrasive cleaning cassette with pads which scrub the tape head as the hubs of the cleaner cassette turn. If the surface a disc is can straighten it out by hand. you should it replace it. If the display --. A scrubbing action cleaning cassette is available through your Chevrolet dealership. as might beby vandals. Care of Your Compact Discs Handle discs carefidly. press and hold EJECT for without being damaged. Fixed Mast Antenna The fixed mast antenna can withstand most car washes After you clean the player. is normalfor the cassette to eject while cleaning. 3-20 . Pick up discs grasping the outer edges or the by edge of the hole and the outer edge. wiping from the center to the edge. dampena of clean. Be sure never to touch the signal surface when handling discs.

0 Section 4 Your Driving and the Road Here you’ll find information about driving on different kinds of roads and in varying weather conditions. We’ve also included manyother useful tips ondriving. 4-2 4-3 4-6 4-6 4.12 4-13 4-14 4-15 Defensive Driving Drunken Driving Control of a Vehicle Braking Steering Off-Road Recovery Passing Loss of Control Driving at Night 4-17 4-20 4-21 4-22 4-23 4-23 4-25 4-29 4-3 1 Driving in Rain andon Wet Roads City Driving Freeway Driving Before Leaving on Long Trip a Highway Hypnosis Hill and Mountain Roads Winter Driving Loading Your Vehicle Towing a Trailer .10 4.

it means or “always expect the unexpected. in both city and rural driving. Allow enough following distance. Rear-end collisionsare about the most preventableof accidents. rural roads freeways. never You know when the vehicle in front you is going to brake of or turn suddenly. It’s the best defensive driving maneuver. (See “Safety Belts” in the Index.” On city streets. Anticipate what they might do.Defensive Driving The best advice anyone give about driving is: can Drive defensively. 4-2 . Please start with a very important safety device in your Chevrolet: Buckleup.) Defensive driving really means “be ready for anything.” Assume that pedestrians other driversare going to be or careless and make mistakes. Yet they are common. Be readyfor their mistakes.

a 12-ounce 180-lb. psychological and developmental reasons for these laws.1/2 ounces if (45 ml) of a liquor like whiskey.000 annual motor vehicle-related deathshave been associated with the use of alcohol. The Blood Alcohol Concentration (BAC) of someone who is drinlung depends upon four things: The amount of alcohol consumed The drinker’s body weight The amount of food that is consumed before and during drinking 0 The length of time it has taken the drinker to consume the alcohol. In recent years. gin vodka. (82 kg) person who drinks three (355 ml) bottlesof beer in an hour will end with a up BAC of about 0. For it’s againstthe law in every U. But then what if peopledo? How muchis “too much” ifthe driver plans to drive? It’s a lot less than many might think.000 people injured. The obvious way to solve this highway safety problem is for people never to drink alcohol and drive. persons under 21. It’s the number contributor to one the highway death toll. these deathsare the result of someone who was drinking and driving. Police records show that almost half of all motor vehicle-related deaths involve alcohol.Drunken Driving Death and injury associated with drinEclng and driving is a national tragedy. According tothe American Medical Association. some 17. or 4-3 .by some estimates. There are good medical. Alcohol affects four things that anyone needs to drive a vehicle: Judgment Muscular Coordination Vision Attentiveness.S. Many adults -. In most cases. The person wouldreach the same BAC by drinking three4-ounce (120 ml) glasses of wine or three mixed drinkseach had 1. Although it depends on each person and situation. state to drink alcohol. withmore than 300. here is some general information on the problem. nearly half the adult population-. so they never drive after drinking. claiming thousands of victims every year.choose never to drink alcohol.06 percent.

BAC limit for all The commercial drivers in the United States is 0.S. at a is a lower relative percentage body water than men. the same person drank three double martinisounces (3 or 90 ml of liquor each) within an hour. A driver with a BAC level somewhat lower BAC level.S.08 other countries. and of throughout depends on how much alcoholis in the drinks. For example. if drivers are impaired at BAC levels above 0.10 percent.In a growing number U. But the ability drive is affected well below a BAC to of 0.10 percent. it’s even lower.04 percent. the person’s Statistics show that the chance being in a collision of increases sharplyfor drivers whohave a BAC of BAC would be close to0. 0. At a BAC level 0. Women generally have collision. Research shows that the driving skills of many peopleare impaired at a BAC approaching 0. The law in many U. the limit is percent. of level of 0.10 percent three tosix after drinks (inone hour). as we’ve seen. states sets legal limitat a BAC the of 0. states. and that the effects worse at night.10 percent. too. All are It’s the amount of alcohol that counts.05 percent. this means that a woman generally will reach higher BAC level than a a man of her same body weight when each has the same number of drinks. Of course. In some 0.06 percent has doubled hisor her chanceof having a of There is a gender difference. A person who of consumes foodjust before or during drinking will have a 0. the chance of this driver having a collision 12 times greater. and how quickly the person drinks them.05 percent or above. the chanceis 25 times greater! 4-4 .12 percent.Since alcohol is carried in body water.05 percent. The BAC will be over 0.15 percent.

You can havea serious or even fatal collision ifyou drive after drinking. Drinking and then drlving is very dangerous. Ride home in a cab.What if there’s an emergency. designate driver who will a not drink. This means that whenanyone who has been drinking -. especially injuries tothe brain.driver or passenger -. No amount of coffee or number of cold showers will speed that up.perceptions. Medical research shows that alcohol in a person’ssystem can make crash injuries worse. “I’ll be careful” isn’t the right answer. attentiveness and judgment can be affected by even small amount a of alcohol. There’s something else about drinking and driving that many people don’t know. or if you’re with a group.The body takesabout an hour to rid itself the alcohol of in one drink. Please don’t drink and drive or ride with a driver who has been drinking. -- -- 4-5 . Your reflexes. a need to take sudden in a crash. as when child darts into the street? a A person with even a moderate BAC might notbe able to react quicklyenough to avoid the collision. that person’s chance of being killed or permanently disabled is higher than if the person had not been drinking. spinal cord or heart.

Age. do alcohol. coordination and eyesight all play a part. the condition of your brakes. might be less with one driver It and as long as two three secondsor more with or another. the condition the road (wet. it’s or easy to ask more those control systems than the tires of and road can provide. alertness. you have to decide to push the brake pedal. That could be a lot distance inan emergency. That means can lose control you of your vehicle. Then you have to bring up your foot anddo it. so of keeping enough space between your vehicle and others is important. drugs and So frustration. icy). All three systems have to do their work at the places where the tires meet the road. of Sometimes. Average reaction time is about 3/4 of a second. a vehicle 3/4 moving at60 mph (100 km/h) travels 66 feet (20 m). the steering and the accelerator. physical condition. the weight the of vehicle and the amount brake force applied. dry. They are the brakes. 4-6 . tire of tread. And.Control of a Vehicle You have three systems that make your vehicle where go you want it togo. as when you’re driving on snow ice. But even in of a second. of course. Brakir a - Braking action involvesperception time and reaction time. First. But that’s only an average. on That’s perception time. actual stopping distances vary greatly with the surface of the road (whether it’s pavement or gravel). That’s reaction time.

you do.Your brakes will wearout much faster if you do a lot of heavy braking. you will still have some power brake assist. is a This mistake. ABS is an advanced electronic braking system that will help prevent a braking skid. the If pedal mayget harder to push down. If your vehiclehas anti-lock brakes. means That better brakingand longer brake life. If your engine stops. Anti-Lock Brakes (Option) Your vehicle may have anti-lock brakes (ABS). the brake pedal will say so. If you keep with the pace traffic and allow realistic following distances. will you eliminate a lot of unnecessary braking. 4-7 .Avoid needless heavy braking. If your engine ever stops while you’re driving. But you will use it when you brake.heavy acceleration followed by heavy braking -. it may take longerto stop and the brake pedal will be harder to push. Your brakes may nothave time to cool between hard stops. Some people drive in spurts -. brake normally but don’t pump your brakes. the power assistis Once used up.rather than keeping pace with traffic.

a If there’s a problem withthe anti-lock brake system. 4-8 . your anti-lock brake system will check itself. You’re driving safely.If one are of the wheelsis about to stop rolling. See “Anti-Lock Brake System Warning Light’’ in the Index. and you may even notice that your brake pedal moves little. This is normal. Here’s how anti-lock works. A computer senses that wheels slowing down. the computer will separately work the brakes each front wheel and at the at rear wheels. You may hear a momentary motor clicking noise while or this testis going on. the anti-lock brake system warning light will stayor on flash. You slam on the brakes. when you beginto drive or away. Here’s what happens with ABS.And this warning light on the instrument panel will come on briefly when you start your vehicle. Suddenly an animal jumps out in front of you. ANTI LOCK When you start your engine. Let’s say the road is wet.

change the time you need The anti-lock system can change the brake pressure faster Remember: Anti-lock doesn’t to get your foot up to the brake pedal always decrease or than any driver could. When your anti-lock system is adjusting brake pressure to help avoid a braking skid. 4-9 . The computer is programmed to stopping distance. LOW TRAC You can steer around the obstacle while braking hard. Always leave or enough room up ahead to stop. yourcomputer keeps receiving updates on wheel speed andcontrols braking pressure accordingly. though youhave even anti-lock brakes. Just hold the brake pedal down and let anti-lock work for you. See “Anti-Lock Brake System Active Light” in the Index. but thisis normal. Using Anti-Lock Don’t pump the brakes. this light willcome on.If you get too close to the vehicle in make the most of available tire and road conditions. front of you.You may feel the system working. or you may notice some noise. you won’thave time to apply your brakes if that vehicle suddenly slows stops. As you brake.

and your speed. Steering Tips Driving on Curves It’s important to take curves at a reasonable speed. the angle at which the curve is banked. of The traction of the tires against the road surface makes it possible for the vehicle to change its path when you turn the front wheels.Braking in Emergencies At some time. you’ll understand this. speed is the one factor you can control. The traction you can getin a curve depends on the condition of your tires and the road surface.If there’s no traction. A lot of the “driver lost control” accidents mentioned on the news happen on curves. you’ve ever in If on tried to steer a vehicle wet ice. of us is subject to each the same laws physics when driving on curves. inertia will keep the vehicle going the same direction. 4-10 . While you’re in a curve. Steering Power Steering If you lose power steering assist because the engine stops or the system not functioning. Here’s why: Experienced driver or beginner. you can steer but is it will take much more effort. nearly every driver gets into a situatian that requires hard btaking.

Try to adjust yourspeed so you can “drive” through the curve. 4-11 . there isn’t room.Under less favorable conditions you’ll want to slower. (See “Braking in Emergencies” earlier in this section.if you can stop in time.can overwhelm those places where the tires meet the road and make you lose control.steering around the problem. Your Chevrolet can perform very well in emergencies like these. Maintain a reasonable. adding the hard braking can demand too much of those places.steering and acceleration -. steadyspeed. First apply your brakes -. you come over a hill and find a truck stopped in your lane.Those two control systems -. to the left or right depending on the space available. Then you suddenly apply the brakes. That’s thetime for evasive action -. and slow down. and then accelerate gently into the straightaway. whileyour front the wheels are straight ahead.but. the posted speeds are based on good weather and road conditions.Suppose you’re steering through a sharp curve. Wait to accelerate until youare out of the curve. You can lose control. But sometimes you can’t. Speed limit signs nearcurves warn that you should adjust your speed. You can of avoid these problemsby braking -. The same thing can happen if you’re steering through a sharp curve and you suddenly accelerate. unless you have anti-lock’ notenough to lock your wheels. Steering in Emergencies There are times when steering can more effective be than braking. Both control systems -. What should you if this ever happens? Ease up on the do brake or accelerator pedal.Then steer around the problem. Unless you have four-wheel anti-lock brakes. steer the vehicle theway you want it to go. ora child darts outfrom between parked carsand stops right in front you.Of course.steering and braking have to do their work -where the tires meet the road.) It is better to remove as much speed as you can from a possible collision. go If you need toreduce your speed as you approach a curve. do it before you enter curve. or a car suddenly pulls out from nowhere.For example.

you can turn it a full degrees very quickly without removing 180 either hand. If the levelof the shoulder is only slightly below the be pavement. Then your turn steering wheel to go straight down the roadway. steer so in that your vehicle straddles the edge the pavement. The fact thatsuch emergency situations are always possible is a good reason to practice defensive driving at all times and wear safety belts properly. But have to act fast. You of can turn the steering wheel up to one-quarter turn until the right front tire contacts the pavement edge. and you just as quickly straightenthe wheel once you have avoided the object. recovery should fairly easy.Off-Road Recovery You may find sometime that your right wheelshave dropped off the edge of a road onto the shoulder while you’re driving. steer quickly. Easeoff the accelerator and then. An emergency like this requires close attention and a quick decision. 4-12 . If you are holding the steering wheel at the recommended9 and 3 o’clock positions. if there is nothing the way.

you will a have “running start” that more than makes up the for distance you wouldlose by dropping back. start to accelerate but stay in the right and don’t lane get too close. 4-13 . broken A center line usually indicates it’s all right to pass (providing the road ahead is clear). A simple maneuver? Not necessarily!Passing another vehicle on a two-lane highway is a potentially dangerous move. Remember toglance over your shoulder and check the blind spot.If the way is clear to pass. So here are some tips for passing: 0 0 Do not get too close to the vehicle you want to pass while you’re awaiting an opportunity. a even if the road seems empty of approaching traffic. then goes back into the rightlane again. wait for a better time. For one thing. Time your move you will be so increasing speed as the time comes to move into the other lane.” Look down the road. Keep back a reasonable distance. you won’t have adequate space if the vehicle ahead suddenlyslows or stops. or a brief surrender to frustration anger can or suddenly put the passing driver face to face with the worst of all traffic accidents -.the head-on collision. A miscalculation. 0 “Drive ahead. If you can see a signup ahead that might indicate a turn or an intersection. you need only slow down and back again and drop wait for another opportunity. Watch for trai5c signs.And if something happens to cause you to cancel your pass. If you have any doubt whatsoever about making a successful pass. But take that someone isn’t trying to care pass you as you pull out to pass the slow vehicle.Passing The driver of a vehicleabout to passanother on a two-lane highway waitsfor just the rightmoment. Also. Never crosssolid a line on your side of the lane or double solid line. sincethe passing vehicle occupies the same lane as oncoming traffic for several seconds. to the sides and to crossroads for situations that might affect your passing patterns. accelerates. an error in judgment. delay your pass. wait your turn. following too closely reduces your area of vision. When it looks like a chance to pass is coming up. moves around the vehicle ahead. especially if you’re following a larger vehicle. If other cars are lined up to pass a slow vehicle. pavement markings and lines.

off a If you’re being passed. do a Try not to pass more than one vehicle at a time Check your mirrors. make easy for the it following driver to get ahead you. too 0 Don’t overtake a slowly moving vehicle too rapidly. Defensive drivers avoid most skids by taking reasonable care suited to existing conditions. If you start steering quickly enough. (Remember that your right outside mirror convex. Always ready for a be Let’s review what driving experts say about what second skidif it occurs. are 4-14 . Keep trying to steer and constantly seekan escape route or area of less danger. A cornering skid and an acceleration skid are best handled by easing your foot the accelerator pedal. a driver can lose control of the vehicle. steering and acceleration) don’t have enough friction where the tires meet the road to what the driver has asked. much speed or steering incurve causes tires to slip and a And in the acceleration skid.) In any emergency. your wheels In on two-lane roads. and start your left lane change signal before moving out of the right lane to pass. the braking skid. The vehicle you is just passed may seem tobe farther awayfrom you than it really is. Reconsider before passing the aren’t rolling. accelerator pedal and quickly steer the you want the way vehicle togo. When are far enough you ahead of the passed vehicle to its front in your see inside mirror. Even though the brake lamps are not flashing.may it be slowing down or starting to turn. activate your right lane change signal and move backinto the right lane. don’t give up. too next vehicle. Perhaps you of If your vehicle starts to slide. and by not “overdriving” those conditions. Skidding In a skid. ease your foot off the can ease a little to the right.0 The three typesof skids correspond to your Chevrolet’s three control systems. lose cornering force. But skids always possible. happens when the three control systems (brakes. your Loss of Control vehicle may straighten out. much throttle causesthe driving wheels to spin. In the steering or cornering skid. glance over your shoulder.

.. .. _I... Learn torecognize warning clues -. then in a braking skid (where the wheels are no longer rolling)._ ......Of course.. As long as the wheels are rolling... You may not realize the surfaceis slippery until your vehicle is skidding.--. ... Driving at Night .... ... ice. If you have the anti-lock braking system. acceleration or braking (including engine braking by shifting to a lower gear)........ If you do not have anti-lock..and slow down when youhave any doubt.. While driving on a surface with reduced traction.... releaseenough pressure on the brakes to get the wheels rolling again. One reason is that some drivers are likely to be impairedby -alcohol or drugs.... .... Push the brake pedal down steadily when you have to stop suddenly. try your best toavoid sudden steering. gravel or other material ison the road.. It isimportant to slow downon slippery surfaces because stopping distance will be longer and vehicle control more limited.. Night driving is more dangerous than day driving. ”. traction is reduced when water... remember: It helps avoid only the braking skid. ...such as enough water.. restores steering This control.. you will have steering control. ice or packed snow on the road to make a “mirrored surface” -. 4-15 .. or by fatigue. For safety.......... Any sudden changes could cause the tires to slide. you’ll want to slow down and adjust your driving to these conditions. snow.. with night vision problems...

a vehicle with or misaimed headlamps). on Your headlamps can light up only so much road ahead. They may cut at 4-16 . watch animals. pull the road in a safe place off and rest. Butas we get older these differences increase.Here are some tips on night driving. Since you can’t see as well. 0 0 0 Night Vision No one can see as wellat night as in the daytime. It can takea second or two. you may need to slow down and keep more space between you and other vehicles. Your eyes will if you’re have less trouble adjusting to night. Keep your windshield and all the glass on your vehicle clean -. for If you’re tired. for your eyes to readjust to the dark. Glare at night made much is worse by dirt on the glass. Don’t drink and drive. Keep your eyes moving. 0 0 0 You can be temporarily blinded by approaching headlamps. down on glare from headlamps.and aren’t even aware of it. but they also make a lot of things invisible. 50-year-old A driver may requireat least twice as much light to see the same thing at night as a 20-year-old. For example. slow down a little. it’s easier to pick out dimly lighted objects. Just your headlamps should as be checked regularly for proper aim. Avoid staring directly into the approaching headlamps. Adjust your inside rearview mirror reduce the to glare from headlamps behind you. What you do in the daytimecan also affect your night vision. especially higher speed roads. or even several seconds. Remember that your headlamps light far less of a up roadway when youare in a turn or curve. if you spend the day in bright sunshine you are wise to wear sunglasses. Even the inside of the glass can build up a film caused by dust. In remote areas. When you are faced with severe glare from a driver who (as doesn’t lower the high should your eyes be examined regularly. Slow down. But driving.the inability to see in dim light -. thatway. don’t wear sunglasses night. making the pupilsof your eyes contract repeatedly. Some drivers suffer from night blindness -. 0 Drive defensively.inside and out. Dirty glass makes lights dazzle and flash more than clean glass would.

It’s wise to keep your windshield wiping equipment in good shape and keep your windshield washer tank filled with washer fluid. Evenif your the windshield wiper blades in good shape. On wet can a road.Driving in Rain and on Roads Wet Rain and wet roads mean driving trouble. or when stripsof rubber startto separate from the inserts. The surface mayget wet suddenly when your reflexes are tuned for driving on dry pavement. harder it is to see. The heavier the rain. accelerate turn as well because or your tire-to-road traction isn’t good ason dry roads. as And. you’ll get even less traction. It’s always to go slower andbe wise cautious if rain starts to fall while youare driving. you can’t stop. 4-17 . Replace your windshield wiper inserts when they show signs of streakingmissing or areas on the windshield. the edge of the road and even people walking. pavement markings. if your tires don’thave much tread left. a heavy rain are can make it harder to see road signsand traffic signals.

Driving too fast through large water puddleseven or going through some car washes cause problems. to avoid puddles. They won't work as well in a quick stop and may cause pulling to one side.You could lose control of the vehicle. too. can The water may affect your brakes. try to slow down before you hit them. a After driving through large puddleof water or a car wash. 4-18 . Try But if you can't. apply your brake pedal lightly until your brakes work normally.I A CAUTION: I Wet brakes can cause accidents.

and raindrops “dimple” the water’s surface. be Hydroplaning usually happensat higher speeds. water can come in through your engine’s air intake and badly damage your engine. can This can happen if the road is wet enough and you’re going fast enough. And be especially careful when you pass another vehicle. Hydroplaning doesn’t happen often. When your vehicle hydroplaning. 0 Besides slowing down.There just isn’t a hard and rule about help make you more visible to others. and be prepared have your view restricted to by road spray. allow some extra following distance. there could hydroplaning. Have good tires with proper tread depth. Allow yourself more clear room ahead. (See “Tires” in the Index. If youcan see reflections from trees. Never drive through water that is slightly lower than the underbody your vehicle. So much water can build up under your tires that they actually ride on the water. Some Other Rainy Weather Tips 0 Turn on your low-beam headlamps not just -your parking lamps-. It can happen if a lot of wateris standing on the road.) 0 4-19 . Driving Through Deep Standing Water NOTICE: If you drive too quickly through deep puddles or standing water. drive through them very slowly. But can if your it tires do not have much treador if the pressure in one or more is low.Hydroplaning Hydroplaning is dangerous. is it has little or no contact with the road.The fast best advice is to slow down whenit israining.If you of can’t avoid deep puddles or standing water. telephone poles or other vehicles.

Get a city map and plan your trip into an unknown part of the city as you would for a just cross-country trip.”) Treat a green light as a warning signal. One of the biggest problems with city streets the is amount of traffic on them. Try to use the freeways that rim and crisscross most large cities. 4-20 . (See the next part. When a light turns green. check both ways for vehicles that have not cleared the intersectionor may be running the red light. You’ll save time and energy. A traffic light is there because the corner is busy enough to need it.City Driving Here are ways to increase your safety in city driving: Know the best way to get to where you are going. and before you just start to move. You’ll want watch out for to what the other drivers doing and pay attention are to traffic signals. “Freeway Driving.

check your mirrors. Try to determine where you expect to blend with the flow. Try to merge into the gap at close to the prevailing speed. make certain you allow -a reasonable following distance. Just before you leave the lane. The most important advice on freeway driving is: Keep up with traffic and keep to the right. Try to blend smoothly with the traffic flow. If you miss your exit.Freeway Driving At the entrance. do under any circumstances. there is usually a ramp that leads to the freeway. If you have a clear view the freeway as you of drive aiong-the entrance ramp. Too-fast or are too-slow driving breaks a smooth traffic flow. adjust your speed to the posted limit or to the prevailing rate slower. Treat the The exit rampcan be curved. left lane on a freeway as a passing lane. Before changing lanes. 4-21 . check your mirrors and glance over your shoulderas often as necessary. Once you are on the freeway. freeways (also called thruways. Mile for mile. Once you are moving on the freeway. turnpikes or superhighways) are the safest of all roads. But they have their own special rules. not. When you want to leave the freeway. parkways. stop and up.Stay if it's in the rightlane unless you want to pass. Drive on to back the next exit. expressways. move to the proper lane well in advance.Switch onyour turn signal. Expect to move slightly slowerat night. sometimes quite sharply.Then use your turn signal. glance quickly over your shoulder to make sure there isn't another vehicle in your "blind" spot.Drive at the same speed mostof the other drivers driving. you should begin to check traffic.

e a 0 e * e 0 4-22 .The.exit speed is usually posted.

pull off the road a rest.Highway Hypnosis Is there actually such a condition as “highway hypnosis”? Or is it just plain falling asleep at the wheel? Call it highway hypnosis. the drone of the engine. What can you about highway hypnosis? First. For safety. or whatever. Keep youreyes moving. and you could crash and be injured. lackof awareness. along with the humthe tires on the of road. your vehicle leave the can road in less than a second. If you get sleepy. Check your rearview mirrors and your instruments frequently. get some exercise. witha is comfortably cool interior. Don’t let it happen toyou! If it does. do be aware that it can happen. 0 0 . treat drowsiness the highway as on an emergency. There is something about an easy stretch of road with the same scenery. Scan the road ahead and to the sides. and the rush of the wind against the vehicle that can make you sleepy. service into or parking area and take a nap. Driving on steep hills or mountains is different from driving inflat or rolling terrain. Then here are some tips: 0 Hill and Mountain Roads Make sure your vehicle well ventilated. or both.

0 0 Coasting downhillin NEUTRAL (N)or with the ignition off is dangerous. Your brakes will have to do all the work of slowing down. The lower gears help cool your engine and transaxle. passing or no-passing zones. As you go over the top a hill. 0 0 0 You may see highway signs on mountains that warn of special problems. You would then have poor brakingor even none going down hl. here are some tips that can make your trips safer and more enjoyable. and you can climb the hill better. like a stalled car or an accident. a falling rocks area winding or roads. Shift down let to your engineassist your brakeson a steep downhill slope. Be alert to these and appropriate action. take 4-24 . Know how to go uphill. They could get so hot that they wouldn’t work well. There could be of something in your lane. The most important thing toknow is this: let your engine do some of the slowing down. Always haveyour engine running and your vehicle in gearwhen you go downhill. h you don’t shift down. Stay in your own lane when driving two-lane on roads in hills or mountains. or if you’re planning to visit there. Drive at speeds that let of you stay in your own lane. your brakescould get so hot thatthey wouldn’t workwell. be alert.If you drive regularly in steep country. You may want to shift down to a lower gear. Don’t swing wide or cut across the center the road. tires.Shift to a lower gear when you go down a steep or long hill. Check all fluid levels and also the brakes. Examples are long grades. a il You could crash. Know how to go down hills.These parts can work hard on mountain roads. You could crash. You would then have poor braking or even none going down ahill. 0 Keep your vehicle ingood shape. cooling system and transaxle.

red cloth and a a couple of reflective warning triangles. Include an ice scraper. some winter outer clothing. a supply or of windshield washerfluid. a rag. a flashlight. a piece old carpet or a couple of burlap bags of to help provide traction. include a small bag of sand. a small shovel. You may want to put winter emergency supplies in your trunk. And.Winter Driving 1 Here are some tips for winter driving: Have your vehicle in goodshape for winter. a small brush broom. Be sure you properly secure these items in your vehicle. 4-25 . you will if be driving under severe conditions.

you’ll want to brake very gently. (If you do have anti-lock.” Verycold for snow or ice canbe slick and hard to drive But wet on. Try to avoid driving on wet ice until salt and sand crews the road. least tractionof all. Try not to break the fragile traction. if you feel your vehicle begin to slide. You can get wetice when it’s about However. If you accelerate too fast. This system improves your vehicle’s stability when you make a hard stop on a slippery can have a very slippery situation. too. the drive wheels will spin and polish the surface under the tires even more. You’ll can get there. let on the up brakes a little. blowing -or loose snow-. if there is snow or ice between your tires and freezing (32°F. ’ see “Anti-Lock” in the Index. Accelerate gently. Push the brake pedal down steadily to get the most traction you can.What’s the worst time this? “Wet ice. have a lot less traction or “grip” will need to be and very careful. you’ll want to begin stopping sooner than you would on dry pavement. Most of the time.) Whether have the anti-lock braking you system or not. those places where your tires meet theice can be even more trouble because may offer the it road probably have good with caution. Unless you have the anti-lock braking system. Whatever the condition smooth ice. packed. Driving onSnow or Ice 4-26 . Without anti-lock brakes. 0”C) and freezing rain begins to fall.

Try not tobrake while you’re actually on the ice. you’lljust slide.Remember. youcould be in a serious situation. Here are some things todo to summon help and keep yourself and your passengers safe: 0 0 Turn on your hazard flashers. The road might be fine until you hit a spot that’s covered with ice. if you brake so hard that your wheelsstop rolling. behind buildings or under bridges. Watch for slippery spots. 4-27 . If you are stopped by heavy snow. Sometimes the surface of a curve or anoverpass may remain icy when the surrounding roads are clear. allow greater following distance on any slippery road.You should probably stay with your vehicle unless you know sure that you are near help for and you can hike through the snow. ice patches mayappear in shaded areas where the sun can’t reach: around clumps of trees. andavoid sudden steering maneuvers. brake before you are on it. 0 If You’re Caught in a Blizzard Whatever your braking system.If you see a patchof ice ahead of you. unless you have anti-lock. Brake so your wheels always keep rolling and youcan still steer. On an otherwise clear road.

could overcome you kill CO and you. You can run the engine to keep warm. This can cause deadly CO (carbon monoxide) gas to get inside. And check around again from time to time to be snow sure doesn’t collect there.anything youcan wrap around yourself or tuck under your clothing keep warm.Tie a red cloth to your vehicle to police that alert you’ve been stoppedby the snow. especially any that is blocking your exhaust pipe. If you have no blankets or extra clothing. floor mats -. to . This will help keep CO out. but careful. Put on extra clothing or wrap a blanket around you. Open a window just a little on side of the the vehicle that’s away from the wind. You can’t seeit or smell it. Clear away snow from around the base of your vehicle. burlap bags. C AJTTON: A Snow can trap exhaust gases under your vehicle. be 4-28 . so you might not know it is in yourvehicle. rags. make body insulators from newspapers.

4-29 . But do itas little as possible. shut the engine off and close the window almost all the way to preserve the heat. CTR. Start the engine again and repeat this only when you really uncomfortable feel from the cold. FRT. make it go a little faster than just idle. Let the heater runfor awhile. IF TIRES ARE HOT. cargo and all of nonfactory-installed options. MAX. Loading Your Vehicle TIRE-LOADING INFORMATION OCCUPANTS VEHICLE CAP. Then. TOTAL LBS. Preserve the fuel as long as you can. You will needa well-charged battery to restart the vehicle. label tells youthe proper size. SPA. RR. LOADING & GVWR SAME AS VEHICLE CAPACITY WEIGHT XXX COLD TIRE TIRE SIZE SPEED PRESSURE PSIIKPa RTG FRT. KG \ . WT.This uses less fuel for the heat that you get and keeps the it battery charged. push the accelerator slightly. ADD 4PS1/28KPa SEE OWNER'S MANUAL FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION Two labels on your vehicle show how much weight it may properly carry. The Tire-Loading Information label is inside the trunk lid.This saves fuel. also gives you It important information about the numberof people that can be in your vehicleand the total weight you carry. The speed rating and recommended inflation pressuresfor the tires on your vehicle. you can get out of the vehicle anddo some fairly vigorous exercises every half hour or so until help comes. This can includes the weight all occupants. RR. When you runthe engine. and possibly for signaling later on with yourheadlamps. That is.Run your engine only as long as you must. To help keep warm.

they’ll keep going. or itcan changethe way your vehicle handles. tells you the gross It weight capacityof your vehicle. FEDERAL MOTOR VEHICLE SAFETY. If you do. The GVWR includes the weight of the vehicle. packages or anything -. Don’t carry more than 167 pounds (75 kg) in your trunk. If you do have a heavy load. These could cause you to lose control.S. or either the maximum front or rear GAWR.they will go as fast as else the vehicle goes. parts on your vehicle can break. i Do not load your vehicle any heavrer the than GVWR. or you if there is a crash. found onthe the rear edge of the driver’s door. A N D THEFT PREVENTION STANDARDS IN EFFECT ON THE DATE OF MANUFACTURE SHOWN ABOVE. NOTICE: Your warranty does not cover parts or components that fail because of overloading. called the GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight Rating). The other label is Certification label. If you put things inside your vehicle like suitcases. overloading canshorten the life of your vehicle. If have to stop or turn quickly. all occupants. Also. -tools. Never exceed the GVWR for your vehicleor the Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR) either the front or for rear axle. 4-30 . spread it out. BUMPER.MFD BY GENERAL MOTORS CORP DATE GVWR GAWR FRT GAWR RR THIS VEHICLE CONFORMS TO ALL APPLICABLE U. fuel and cargo.

like suitcases.Towing a Trailer Things you put inside your vehicle can strike and injure people in a sudden stop or turn. the brakes may not work well or even at all. If you don’t usethe correct equipment and drive properly. For example. inside the vehicle so that some of them are above the tops of the seats. secure it whenever you can. and see your Chevrolet dealer for important information about towing a trailer with your vehicle. In a trunk. 0 Put things inthe trunk of your vehicle. To pull a trailer correctly. 0 Don’t leave an unsecured childrestraint in your vehicle. or in a crash. you can lose control when you pull a trailer. -- NOTICE: Pulling a trailer improperly can damage your vehicle and result in costly repairs not coveredby your warranty. Try to spread the weight evenly. 4-31 . You and your passengers could be seriously injured. Pull a trailer only if you have followed the all steps in this section. follow the advice in this part. if the trailer is too heavy. 0 When you carry something inside the vehicle. Ask your Chevrolet dealer for advice and information about towing a trailer with your vehicle. put them as far forward as you can. 0 Never stack heavier things.

axle or other parts couldbe damaged. safe trailering takes correct equipment. Many of these are important for your safety and that of your passengers. What’s more. engine is of The required to operateat relatively higher speeds and under greater loads. having to do with trailering. don’t drive over mph (80 kmh) and 50 don’t make starts at full throttle. Don’t drive faster than the maximum posted speed for trailers (or no more than mph (90 kmh)) to 55 save wearon your vehicle’s parts. generating extra heat. Successful. important trailering tips and safety rules. or Consider using a sway control. not only where you live but also where you’ll be driving. Don’t tow a trailer all during thefirst 1. But traileringis different thanjust driving your vehicle by itself.000 miles at (1 600 k ) m your new vehicleis driven. Make sure your rig willbe legal. That’s the reason for this part. and has to be it used properly. Then. durability and fuel economy. Obey speed limit restrictions when towing a trailer. you should read the information in “Weight of the Trailer” that appears later in this section. If You Do Decide To Pull A Trailer If you do. here are some important points: 0 There are many different laws. wheel assemblies and tires forced to work harder are against the drag the added weight. 0 0 0 0 4-32 . In are many it time-tested. Your engine. Trailering means changes in handling.Your vehicle can tow a trailer if is equipped with it proper towing equipment.A good source for this information can be state provincial police. can ask a hitch You dealer about sway controls. This helps your engine and other parts of your vehicle wear the at in heavier loads. Load-pulling components such as the engine. To identify what the vehicle trailering capacity is for your vehicle. increasing the pulling requirements. transaxle. including speed limit restrictions. So please read this section carefully before you pull a trailer. the trailer adds considerably to wind resistance. during thefirst 500 miles (800 km) that you tow a trailer.

“Loading See Your Vehicle” in theIndex for more information about your vehicle’s maximum load capacity. anycargo you may carry in can also depend on any special equipment that youhave on your vehicle. speed. MI 48007-7047 In Canada. write to: General Motors of Canada Limited Customer Communication Centre 1908 Colonel Sam Drive Oshawa. For example. Weight of the Trailer Tongue The tongue load (A)of any trailer is an important weight to measure because it affects the total capacity weight of your vehicle. the weight of the trailer tongue and the total weight on your vehicle’s tires.The capacity weight includes the curb weight of the vehicle. And. you must subtract the tongue load from your vehicle’s capacity weight because your vehicle willbe carrying that weight.Three important considerations have to do with weight: 0 the weight of the trailer.000 pounds(450 kg).O. too. ‘You can ask your dealer our trailering information or for advice. Box 7047 Troy. or you can write us at: Chevrolet Customer AssistanceCenter P. and thepeople who willbe riding in the vehicle. And if you will tow a trailer. 4-33 . It depends on how you plan to useyour rig. altitude. But even that can be too heavy. road grades. outside temperature and how much your vehicle used to pull a is trailer areall important. Ontario L1H 8P7 Weight of the Trailer How heavy can a trailer safely be? It shouldnever weigh more than 1.

to if the weights are see proper. If then be sure to seal the holes later when you remove the hitch. Here are some rules to follow: The bumpers on your vehicleare not intended for hitches. you may able to get them right be simply by moving some items around in the trailer. Crosswinds.Total Weight on Your Vehicle’s Tires Be sure your vehicle’s tires inflated to the upper are limit for cold tires. Will you have to make any holes in the body your of vehicle when you install a trailer hitch? you do. including the weight the trailer tongue. If you don’t seal them. Then be sure you don’t go over the GVW limit for your vehicle. separately. too. weigh the trailer and then the tongue. the trailer tongue should weigh 12 percent of (A) the total loaded trailer weight (B). 4-34 \ . If you have a weight-distributing hitch. Use only a frame-mounted hitch that does not attach to the bumper. 0 If you’re using a weight-carrying hitch. After you’ve loaded your trailer. of B Hitches It’s important to have the correct hitch equipment. deadly carbon monoxide (CO) from your exhaust can get your into vehicle (see “Carbon Monoxide” in the Index). the trailer tongue (A) should weigh percent of the total loaded 10 trailer weight(B). You’ll find these numbers on the Tire-Loading Information label (found inside the trunk lid) or see “Loading Your Vehicle”in the Index. large trucks going by and rough roads a are few reasons why you’ll need the right hitch. Do not attach rental hitchesor other bumper-type hitches to them. Dirt and water can. If they aren’t.

If you do. the trailer has If brake systems won’t work well.02 cubic inch (0. are still working.3 cc) of fluid from your vehicle’s During yourtrip. Before you start. thenmake the brake fluid tapat the upper rear master cylinder port. never allow safety chains to drag on the ground. the trailer brake system must not be used with your vehicle. Instructions about safety chains may be provided the hitch by manufacturer or by the trailer manufacturer.start your vehicleand trailer moving and Even if your vehicle doesn’thave anti-lock brakes. This lets you check your the trailer’s brake system will use more than electrical connection at the same time. Acquaint yourself with feel of the Trailer Brakes handling and braking with the added weightof the Does your trailer have its own brakes? Be sure to read and trailer. And always keep in mind that the vehicle you are driving is now a gooddeal longer and not nearly as follow the instructions for the trailer brakes you’ll be so responsive as your vehicleis by itself.You could even lose your brakes. check the trailer hitch and platform If your vehicle has anti-lock brakes. safety chains. adjust and maintain them properly. And. But don’t usecopper tubing for this. . electrical connector.or at all. If you do. Always leave just enough slack so you can turn with your rig. and that the lamps and any trailer brakes won’t work well. check occasionally to be sure that the master cylinder. both lamps. able to install.Safety Chains You should always attach chains between your vehicle and your trailer. tires and mirror adjustment.000 psi (20 650 kPa) of pressure? If not. do nottry to tap (and attachments). both braking systems load is secure. steel brake tubing. electric brakes. Use Driving with a Trailer Towing a trailer requires a certain amount experience. it will bend and break off. If it does. you’ll want to get to know your rig.Cross the safetychains under the tongue of the trailer so that the tongue will notdrop to the road if it becomes separated from the hitch. then apply the trailer brake controller hand to be sure by don’t tap into your vehicle’s brake system if the brakes are working. 0. into your vehicle’sbrake system. If everything checks out this far. of Before setting out for the open road. Will the trailer brake parts take 3. Follow the manufacturer’s recommendation for attaching safety chains and do not attach them to the bumper.

you’ll need to much farther beyond the go passed vehicle before can return to your lane. if possible. Always back up slowly and.Do this so your trailer won’t strike soft shoulders.Following Distance Stay at least twiceas far behind the vehicle ahead as you would when driving your vehicle withouttrailer. have someone guide you. Making Turns NOTICE: Making very sharp turns while trailering could cause the trailer to come in contact the with vehicle. trees other objects. just the move that hand to to the left. road signs. move your hand to the right. Passing You’ll need more passing distance up ahead when you’re towinga trailer. And. because you’re good deal a longer. Signal well in advance. curbs. you Backing Up Hold the bottom the steering wheel with one hand. of Then. Avoid making very sharp turns while trailering. When you’re turning with trailer. or Avoid jerky or sudden maneuvers. Your vehicle could be damaged. This a can helpyou avoid situations that require heavy braking and sudden turns. 4-36 . make wider turns a than normal. to move the trailer to left.To move the trailer the right.

When towing a trailer. a lower gear). Apply your regular brakes. Release the regular brakes. with a trailer attached. Then apply your parking brake. the green arrows on your instrument panel will flashfor turns even if the bulbs on the trailer areburned out. your vehicle may need a different turn signal flasher and/or extra wiring. 2. Check with yourChevrolet dealer. 5. as you need to. change lanes or stop. On a long uphill grade. something goes wrong. It’s are important to check occasionally tobe sure the trailer bulbs are still working. and then shift to PARK (P). People can be injured. down and reduce your speed shift to around 45 mph (70 km/h) to reduce the possibility of engine and transaxle overheating. here’s how to do it: 1. Driving On Grades Reduce speed and shift to lower gear before you start a down a long or steepdowngrade. 3. but don’t shift into PARK (P) yet. telling other driversyou’re about to turn. and both your vehicle and the trailer be damaged. If you are towing a trailer. you may think drivers behind you are seeing your signal when they not. on a hill. 4. Reapply the regular brakes. The green arrows on your instrument panel will flash whenever signal a turn you or lane change. can But if you ever have to park your rig on a hill. your rig If could start to move. If you don’t shift down. you may prefer to drive in DRIVE (D) instead of AUTOMATIC OVERDRIVE (@) (or. Thus.Turn Signals When Towing a Trailer When you towa trailer. you mighthave to use your brakes so much that they would get hot and no longer work well. Have someone place chocks under the trailer wheels. Parking on Hills You really should not park your vehicle. When the wheel chocks are in place. release the regular brakes until the chocks absorb the load. the trailer lamps will alsoflash. 4-37 . Properly hooked up.

Drive slowly until the trailer is clear the chocks. . your trip. it’s 0 Release the:parking brake. a good idea to review these sections before start you Let up an the brake pedal. of Check periodically see that all hitch nuts bolts to and Stop and have someone pick up and store the chocks. Things that are especially . Your vehiclewill need service more often when you’re pulling a trailer. engine oil. are tight. See the Maintenance Schedule more for Apply your regular brakesand hold the pedal down on this. Start your engine. and the Index in 0 Shift into a gear. belt. Maintenance When Trailer Towing 2. 4. I you’re trailering. and f will helpyou find them quickly.importantin trailer while you: operation are automatic transaxle fluid (don’t overfill). 3. Each of these is covered this manual.When You Are Ready to Leave After Parking on a will 1. cooling system and brake adjustment.

0 Section 5-2 I Problems on the Road Here you’ll find what to do about some problems that can occur the road. on 5-3 5-8 5-13 5-15 Hazard Warning Flashers Jump Starting Towing Your Vehicle Engine Overheating Cooling System 5-24 5-24 5-35 5-36 If a Tire Goes Flat Changing Tire Flat a Compact Tire Spare If You’re Stuck: Sand. In Mud. Ice or Snow 5-1 .

Your hazard warning flashers work matter what no position your key in. Your hazard warning flasherslet you warn others. They also let police know you have a problem. press switch again.Your front and rear turn signal lamps will flash and off.Press the switch (located near the ignition switch) to flash --. make your front and rear turn signal lamps on and off. on 5-2 . your turn signals are won’t work. is To turn off the flashers. When the the hazard warning flashers on. and even if the key isn’t in.

Batteries can hurt you. If they are. It musthave a 12-volt battery with a negative ground system. 5-3 . to But please follow the steps below to do it safely. can NOTICE: If the other system isn’ta 12-volt system with a negative ground. Get the vehicles close enough the jumper cables so can reach. Check the other vehicle. both vehicles can be damaged. If you don’t follow these steps exactly. you may want to use another vehicle and some jumper cables start your Chevrolet.and the badgrounding could damage the electrical systems. 1. but sure the vehicles aren’t be touching each other. 2. someor all of these things hurt you. NOTICE: Ignoring these steps could result costly damage in to your vehiclethat wouldn’t be covered by your warranty. 0 They contain enough electricityto burn you. and it could damage yourvehicle. Trying to start your Chevroletby pushing or pulling it won’t work.- ~ ~- Other WarningDevices If you carry reflective triangles.You wouldn’t beable to start your Chevrolet. you set one up at can the side of the road about 300 feet (100 m) behind your vehicle. Jump Starting If your battery hasrun down. They can be dangerous because: They contain acid that can burn you. They contain gas that can explode or ignite. it could cause a ground connection you don’t want.

And it could save your radio! NOTICE: If you leave your radio on. clothing and tools away from any underhood electric fan.To avoid the possibility the vehicles rolling. 3. Find the positive (+) and negative (-) terminals on each battery. Turn off all lamps that aren’t needed well as radios. set of the parking brake firmly on both vehicles involved in the jump start procedure. Open the hoods and locate the batteries.The terminal is on the same side the engine compartment as of your battery. The repairs wouldn’t be covered by your warranty. uncover the remote To positive (+) terminal. it could be badly damaged. I 5 . Turn off the ignition on both vehicles. C c 5-4 . (Your vehicle’s battery is located under the windshield washer fluid reservoir. Put your automatic transaxle in PARK (P).You should always use the remote positive (+) terminal insteadof the positive(+) terminal on your battery.Your Chevrolet has a remote positive (+)jump starting terminal. 4. lift the red plastic cap.) I A J: An electric fan can start up even when the engineis not running and can injure you. This will as avoid sparks and help save both batteries. 2 . Keep hands.

add water to take If care of that first. A CAUTION: Fans or other moving engineparts can injure you badly. here aresome basic things you should know. it is low. Positive (+) will go to positive (+) and negative (-) will go to negative (-) or a metalengine part. If you don’t. don’t You need to add water to the Delco Freedom@battery installed in every GM vehicle. People have been hurt doing this. explosive gas could be present.6. and some have been blinded. that Don’t get it on you. or you’ll get a short that would damage the battery and maybe other parts. Check that thejumper cables don’t haveloose or missing insulation. flushthe place with water and get medical help immediately. too. ~ Before you connect the cables. The vehicles could be damaged. 5-5 . But ifa new battery has filler caps. If you accidentally getit in your eyes or on your sure the right amount of fluid is there. Keep your hands away from moving parts once the engines are running. Using a match near a battery can cause battery gas to explode. Be sure the battery has enough water. too. you could get a shock.If they do. Battery fluid contains acid can burn you. Don’t connect positive (+) to negative (-). Use flashlight if a you need more light.

.. 5-6 . .. . Use a remote positive (+) terminal if the vehicle hasone.8. Connect the red positive cable to the positive (+) (+) terminal of the vehicle with the dead battery.The other end of the negativecable doesn ’go to the I dead battery. Use a remote positive (+) terminal if the vehicle has one... Don’t let the other end touch metal. metal part on the engine of the vehicle withthe dead battery. Connect it to the positive (+) terminal of the good battery. . It goes to a heavy. unpainted. Don’t let the other end touch anything until the next step. 7... .. I Now connect the black negative (-) cable to the good battery’s negative (-) terminal. .

Dead Battery r dead battery. Remove the cables in reverse order to prevent electrical shorting. Now start the vehicle with the good battery run the engine for a while. and 11. but not nearengine parts that move. - B + @ 0 10. but the chance of sparks getting back to the battery is much less. 5-7 . Attach the cable at least 18 inches (45 cm) away from the dead battery. The electrical connection is just as good there. - A C + A. Heavy Metal Engine Part B. Good Battery C. Take care that they don’ttouch each other or any other metal.13. it probably few needs service. Ty to start the vehicle with the If it won’t start after a tries. 12.

Never use J-hooks. When the towing service arrives.or special tires and wheels.Towing Your Vehicle Try to have a Chevrolet dealer a professional towing or service tow your vehicle. model and year of your vehicle. 0 Never tow with damaged parts not fully secured. 0 Never get under yourvehicle after it has been lifted by the tow truck. 5-8 . aero skirting. If your vehicle has been changed or modified since it was factory-new by adding aftermarket items like fog lamps. Before you do anything. The operator may want to see them. Whether you can still move the shift lever. what was damaged. f To help avoidinjury toyou or others: 0 Never let passengers ride in vehicle that is a being towed. When you call. turn on the hazard warning flashers. Use T-hooks instead. That your vehicle has front-wheel drive. let the tow operator know that this manual contains detailed towing instructions and illustrations. The make. 0 Never tow faster than safe or posted speeds. tell the towing service: That your vehicle cannot be towed from the front or rear with sling-type equipment. If there was an accident. 0 Always secure the vehicle on each side with separate safety chainswhen towing it. these instructions and illustrations may not be correct.

serious personal injury and vehicle damage. etc. Do not use the vehicle’s steering column lock this. be sure to follow the speed and distance restrictions later in this section or your transaxle will be damaged.A vehicle can fall froma car carrier if it isn’t adequately secured. When your vehicle is being towed. Never use J-hooks.The vehicle should be tightly secured with chains or steel cables before is transported.If the vehicle must be towed on the drive wheels. The transaxle for should be in NEUTRAL (N) and the parking brake released. They will damage drivetrain and suspension components. have the ignition turned to theOFF position. 5-9 . Always use T-hooks inserted in the T-hook slots. The steering wheel should be clamped in a straight-ahead position. This can cause a collision. leather straps. it Don’t use substitutes (ropes. then the be drive wheelshave to be supported on a dolly.)that can be cut by sharp edges underneath the towed vehicle. Don’t have your vehicle towed on the drive wheels. If these limitations must exceeded. canvas webbing. unless you must. with a clamping device designed for towing service.

Do not attachwinch cables or J-hooks to suspension components when using car-carrier equipment. To help avoid damage. Damage can occur from vehicle to ground orvehicle to wheel-lift equipment. Additional ramping may be required for car-carrier equipment. raise the vehicle until adequate clearanceis obtained between the ground and/orwheel-lift equipment. Use safety chainsand wheel straps. Towing a vehicle over rough surfaces could damage avehicle. Use will wheel-lift or car-carrier equipment.Front Towing NOTICE: Do not tow with sling-typeequipment or fascidfog lamp damage occur. Use the T-slots for car-carrier securing. 5-10 . Always use T-hooksinserted in the T-hook slots.

Attach T-hook chains in front of the wheels.35 mph (55 k h ) . Rear Towing Tow Limits -. on both sides. into the side slotsof the cradle. 5-13 . 50 miles (80 km) A towing dolly must be used under the drive wheels when towing from the rear: These slots are to be used when loading or securing to car-carrier equipment. Attach a separate safety chain around the outboard end of each lower control arm.

Do not attachwinch cables or J-hooks to suspension components when using car-carrier equipment. i s a l a towing dolly and raise the ntl vehicle until adequate clearance is obtained between the ground and/or wheel-lift equipment. These slots are to be used when loading and securing to car-carrier equipment. Towing a vehicle over rough surfaces could damage a vehicle. Attach T-hook chains into the slots in the bottom of the floor pan support rails.Use wheel-lift or car-carrier equipment. Use the T-slots for car-carrier securing. Always use T-hooks inserted in the T-hook slots. I 5-12 . To help avoid damage. just ahead of the rear wheels. on both sides. Additional ramping may be required for car-carrier equipment. Attach a separate safety chain around the outboard end of both lateral arms.i NOTICE: Do not tow with sling-type equipmentor the rear bumper valance will be damaged. Use safety chainsand wheel straps. Damage can occur from vehicle to ground or vehicle to wheel-lift equipment.

If Steam Is Coming FromYour Engine NOTICE: If your engine catches fire because keep you driving with no coolant. your vehicle can be badly damaged. See “Low Coolant Light” in the Index.Engine Overheating You will find a coolant temperature gage and a warning light about a hot engine on yourinstrument panel. 5-13 . the liquids in it can catch You or fire. Stop your engine if it overheats. The costly repairs would not be covered by your warranty. GAL JON: Steam from an overheated engine can burn you badly. Wait until there is no sign steam or coolant before of you open thehood. others could be badlyburned. Just turn it off and get everyone away from thevehicle until it cools down. even if you just open the hood. If you keep driving when your engine is overheated. You also have a LOW COOLANT light on your instrument panel. Stay away from the engine you see or hear steam if coming from it. andget out of the vehicle until the engine is cool. See “Engine Coolant Temperature Gage” and“Engine Coolant Temperature WarningLight” in the Index.

you can drive. turn o f t h e engine and get everyone out of the vehicle until it cools down. Idle for long periods in traffic. for If the warning doesn’t come back on. to see if the warning stops. the problem may not be too serious. Sometimes the engine can get alittle too hot when you: Climb a long hill ona hot day. 2. If you get the overheat warning with no sign of steam. stop. try this for a minuteor so: 1. if you still have But the warning. shift to highest gear while driving the which is AUTOMATIC OVERDRIVE (0). If the warning continues. youcan drive normally. then. 0 If you nolonger have the overheat warning. the 3. 5-14 . otherwise. pull over. You may decide not to lift the hood but to get service help right away. shift to NEUTRAL(N). drive slower about 10 minutes. Tow a trailer. Just to be safe. Stop after high-speed driving.If No Steam Is Coming From Your Engine If you get the overheat warning see or hear no but steam. If there’s still no sign of steam. If you’re in a trafficjam. Turn on your heater to hot at the highestfan full speed and open window as necessary. Turn off your air conditioner. you idle theengine can for two or three minutes while you’re parked. and park your vehicle right away.

Cooling System When you decide it's safe to lift the hood. here's what you'll see: 3. Electric Engine Fans C.4L DOHC (Code X) Engine A. Electric Engine Fans 5-15 . Radiator Pressure Cap C. Radiator Pressure Cap B. Coolant Recovery Tank B. Coolant Recovery Tank 3100 (Code M) Engine A.

don't do anything else until it cools down. . 5-16 . you may have a leak in the radiator hoses. radiator. Keep hands. a If it isn't. If the coolantinside the coolant recovery tankis boiling. r.'TILJ: J I An electric fan under the hood can start up even when the engine not running and can injure is you. water pump somewhere else in or the cooling system. The coolant level should be at or above the HOT mark onhot engine. 3. clothing and tools away from any underhood electric fan. heater hoses. The coolant level should be orabove theCOLD mark at on a cold engine.

but the coolant level isn’t at theCOLD mark. your vehicle needs service.That could cause an engine fire. Your vehicle’s coolant warning system is set for the proper coolant With mix. you Get any leak fixed beforeyou drive thevehicle.) I NOTICE: Engine damage from running your engine without coolantisn’t covered by your warranty. If you do. (See “Engine Coolant” in the Index for more information. it could lose all coolant. Adding only plain water to your cooling system can be dangerous. and other engine parts. your engine could get toohot butyou wouldn’t getthe overheat warning. If you haven’t found a problem yet. and could be burned. withthe engine on.If the engine is overheating. Plain water. If you run if the engine. 5-17 . Don’t run the engine there is a leak. both fans should running. Use a 50/50 mix of clean water and DEX-COOL@coolant. can before the proper boil coolant mix will. you can be burned. Don’t touch them. add a50/50 mixture of clean water (preferably distilled) andDEX-COOL@ (silicate-free) antifreeze at the coolant recovery tank. canbe very hot.How to Add Coolant to the Coolant Recovery Tank Heater and radiator hoses. plain wateror the wrongmix. Your engine could catch fire and or you others couldbe burned. If they be aren’t. some other or liquid like alcohol. check to see if the electric engine fans are running. I If there seems to be no leak.

If the overheat warning continues. heater core and other parts.I NOTICE: In cold weather. Coolant contains ethylene glycol and itwill burn if the engineparts are hot enough. 5-18 . Don’t spill coolant on a hot engine. You can be burned if you spill coolanton hot engine parts. radiator. but sure the cooling system is be cool beforeyou do it. Use the recommended coolantand the proper coolant mix. water canfreeze and crack the engine. When the coolant in the coolant recovery tank at the is COLD mark. there’s more one thing you can try. start your vehicle. You can add the proper coolant mix directly to the radiator.

They are under pressure.'A CAUTION: I Steam and scalding liquids from a hot cooling system can blow out and burnyou badly. including radiator pressure the cap. Never turn the cap when the cooling system. Wait the cooling systemand for radiator pressure cap to cool if youever haveto turn the pressure cap. and if you turn the radiator pressure cap even a little they can come out at high speed. -- -- 5-19 . is hot.

5-20 .How to Add Coolant to the Radiator NOTICE: ~~ 2. You can be burned if you spill coolant on hot engine parts.) If you hear a hiss. You can remove the radiator pressurecap when the cooling system.Turn the pressure cap slowly counterclockwiseuntil it first stops. Failure to follow this procedurecould causeyour engine to overheat be severely damaged.hiss means A there is still some pressure left. Don’t spill coolanton a hotengine. Your engine hasa specific radiator fill procedure. including the radiator pressurecap and upper radiator hose. is no longer hot. but now pushdown as you turn it. Then keep turning the pressurecap. Remove the pressure cap. Coolant contains ethylene glycol and itwill burn if the engine parts are hot enough. wait for that to stop. (Don’t press down while turning the pressure cap. and 1.

The other is on located on the thermostat bypass tube. One is located the thermostat housing. open the coolant air bleed valve. 3. After the engine cools.4L DOHC V6 (VINCode X): There are two bleed valves. 3100 V6 (VIN Code M): There are two bleed valves. 5-21 . They are located on the thermostat housing and heater outlet pipe.3.

6.4. Fill the radiator with the proper DEX-COOL@ coolant mixture. Otherwise. Rinse or wipeany spilled coolant from the engine and the compartment. Put the cap backon the coolant recovery tank. leave the radiator pressure cap 5. If you see a stream of coolant comingfrom an air bleed valve. up to the base of the filler neck. but off. 5-22 . 7. close the valves after the radiator is filled. close the valve. Then fill the coolant recovery tank to the COLD mark.

The level in the coolant recovery tank should at the HOT be mark when theengine is hot or at the COLD mark when the engine is cold. 11. Then replace the pressure cap. 5-23 . Start the engine and let it run until you feel the can upper radiatorhose getting hot. If the level is lower. Check the coolantin the recovery tank. reinstall the pressure cap. Watch out the for engine fans. the coolant level inside the radiator filler neck may be lower. 8. By this time. At any time during this procedure if coolant begins to flow out of the filler neck. add more of the proper DEX-COOL@ coolant mixture through the filler neck until the level reaches the base of the filler neck.10. 9.Be sure thearrows on the pressure cap line up like this.

the Steer to maintain lane position. very bumpy and noisy. acts much like a Find a level placeto change your tire. in steering the way you want the vehicle to go. Gently To be even more certain the vehicle won’t move. T r on your hazard out of a tire. But if you should ever have a “blowout. and then gently brake to a stop well out the traffic lane. the next part shows how to use your tire farthest away from the one being changed. it’s much more likely to leak slowly. Take your off the foot accelerator pedal and grip steering wheel firmly. If a front tire fails. particularly on a curve. brake to a stop-. jacking equipment to change a flat tire safely. avoidfurther tire and wheel damage un especially if you maintain your tires properly.” here a few are tips about what to expect what to do: and Changing a tire can causean injury. of A CAUTION: 5-24 . It may be 3. remove your from the 1. you can put blocks at the front and rear of the If a tire goes flat. If air goes’by driving slowlyto a level place. You and they could be badly injured. the flat tire will create a drag that pulls the vehicle toward that side. To help prevent thevehicle from moving: skid and may require the same correction you’d usea in foot skid. In any rear blowout. A rear blowout.If a Tire Goes Flat Changing a Flat Tire It’s unusualfor a tire to “blc>w Out’’while you’re driving. Set the parking brake firmly. If a tire goes flat. Get the vehicle under control by 2 Put the shift lever PARK (P). The vehicle can slip the jack and roll over you other off or people. That would bethe tire on theother side of the vehicle. Turn off the engine. at the opposite end. but you can still steer. out warning flashers. accelerator pedal.well off the road if possible. .

...... c The following steps will you how to use the and tell jack change a tire................... 5-25 .... Then lift and remove the cover................... .. ........................... .. . ... Turn the center nut on the compact spare cover counterclockwiseto remove it...................................................... Then lift off the spacer and remove the spare tire...................................... .............. 1 Turn the wing nut counterclockwise and remove it..... Pull the carpeting from the floor of the trunk..................... t-......... Removing the Spare Tire and Tools The equipment you’ll need is in the trunk.... ................. ................. ............ See “Compact Spare Tire’’ later in this section for more information about the compact spare........................

Turn the nut holding jack and wrench the counterclockwiseand removeit. 5-26 . Then remove the jack and wrench.

They won’t come off. Don’t a tool thatis narrower than the use wrench to pry at this notch. Don’tty to remove the cover with r your bare hands. using the flat end of the wheel wrench. Then. use the wrench to. theedge may be sharp. To remove a center cap.loosen the nutcaps with the wheel wrench. Be careful. pry along the edge of the wheel cover until it comes off. remove them using the wheel wrench. If your vehiclehas wheel nut caps.If there is a wheel cover.pry gently at the notch. 5-27 .

Put the compact spare tire near you. . .. Turn the jack handle clockwise to raise the lift jack head a few inches. you could be badly injured or killed. 2. I . 1... 5-28 . all Don't remove them yet. . -. Getting under a vehicle when it is jacked up is dangerous. If the vehicleslips off the jack. loosen the wheel nuts.. Never get under a vehicle when it is supported only by a jack.Removing the Flat Tire and Installing the Spare Tire 3. Using the wheel wrench. Position thejack under the vehicle and raise the jack lift head until it fits firmly into the notchin the vehicles frame nearest the flat tire.

Raise the vehicle far enough the off ground for the spare tire tofit under the vehicle. 5. off 5-29 . Raise the vehicleby turning thejack handle clockwise. be sure to fit the jack lift head into the proper location before raising the vehicle. 4.A CAUTION: Raising your vehicle with the jack improperly positioned can damage the vehicle and even make the vehicle fall.To help avoid personal injury and vehicle damage. Remove all wheel nuts and take the flat tire.

can make wheel nuts the become looseafter a time. but be sure to use a scraper or wire brush later. Whenyou change a wheel. A CAUTION: - Rust or dirt on the wheel. The wheel could come off and cause an accident. removeany rust or dirt from the places where the wheel attaches to the vehicle. 'A 5-30 CAUTION: Never use oil grease onstuds or nuts. If you or do. you can use a cloth or a paper towel to do this. Remove anyrust or dirt from the wheel get all the rust or dirt off. mounting surfaces and spare wheel. In an emergency. . Your wheel could fall off. the nuts might come loose.6. or on the parts to which it is fastened. if you need to. causinga serious accident.

Lower the vehicle by turning jack handle the counterclockwise. 5-31 . Replace the wheel nuts with therounded end of the nuts toward the wheel.7. 8. Lower the jack completely. Tighten each nut by hand until the wheel is held against the hub.

Store the wheel cover in the trunk until you have the flat repaired or replaced. an Be sure touse the correctwheel nuts. 10. To avoid expensive brake repairs. Stop somewhere as soon as you can andhave the nuts tightenedwith a torque wrench to 100 lb-ft (140 Nom). you could damage the cover the spare. It won’t fit.9. I NOTICE: Improperly tightened wheel nuts canlead to brake pulsation and rotor damage. tire Incorrect wheel nuts or improperly tightened wheel nuts can cause the wheel to become loose and even come off. If you try to put wheel cover on your compact a spare. If you have to replace them.evenly tighten thewheel nuts in the proper sequence and to the proper torque specification. Don’t t y to put a wheel cover on your compact spare r tire. This could lead to accident. I NOTICE: Wheel covers won’t fit on your compact spare. be sure get new GM original to equipment wheel nuts. or 5-32 . Tighten the wheel nuts firmly in a crisscross sequence as shown.

Store the in the cover as far forward as possible. Use the the following procedure to securethe flat tire in the trunk. tire or other equipment in the a passenger compartmentof the vehicle could cause injury. is Put the bolt through of the wheelnut holes. full-size The tire will notfit down into the well. See “Compact Spare” in the Index. tighten the nut caps to 5 lb-ft (7 N-m). Put the flat tire in the trunkso the side that faces out when it is on the vehicle is facing down. Put the spacer and nut next to the tire well. L After you’ve put the compact spare tire on your vehicle. When you install the wheel cover on the full-size tire.Place it so the frontis in the well and the rear out of the well. then install the wing nut. Ina sudden stop or collision. you’ll need to store flat tirein your trunk. Replace the compact spare tire with full-size tire as soon as you a can.Storing the Flat Tire and Tools Storing a jack. loose equipment could strike someone. install one the retainer over the bolt.See the storage instructions label to replace your compact spare into your trunk properly. The compact spare is for temporary use only. 5-33 . Store all these in the proper place.

Bolt 5-34 . a tire or other equipment the in passenger compartmentof the vehicle could cause In a sudden stop or colIision. Nut A CAUTION: Storing a jack. Wrench 7. Nut 5 8. loose equipment could strike someone. Jack 10.Storing the Spare Tire and Tools I 1. Spacer 5 . Retainer 9. Wing Nut 4. Cover 3. 6. Compact SpareTire injury. Store these all in the proper place. 2.

you should stop as soon as possible and make sure your spare tire is correctly inflated. so you can finish your trip and have your full-size tire repaired or replaced where you want. don’t take your vehicle through an automatic car wash with guide rails.Compact Spare Tire Although thecompact spare tire was fully inflated when your vehicle was new. Don’t useyour compact spare on other vehicles. After installing the compact spare on your vehicle. 5-35 . That can damage the tire and wheel. It should be psi 60 (420 kPa). The compact spare is made to perform well at speeds up to mph (105 km/h) for 65 distances up to 3.The compact spare can get caught on the rails.000 miles (5 000 km). And don’t mix your compact spare tire or wheel with other wheelsor tires. NOTICE: Tire chains won’t fit your compact spare. it can lose air after a time. and maybe other parts of your vehicle. Check the inflation pressure regularly. They won’t Keep your spare fit. it’s best to replace your spare with a full-size tire as soon you can. tire and its wheel together. Your as spare will last longer and be in good shape inyou case need it again. NOTICE: When the compact spare is installed. Using them can damage your vehicle and can damage the chains too.Of course. Don’t use tire chains on your compact spare.

Mud. spin the wheels as little aspossible. the transaxleor other parts the vehicle can of overheat. If you spin thewheels too fastwhile shifting your transaxle back and forth. For information about using tire chains on your vehicle. spinning the wheels as little possible. Then back shift and forth between REVERSE (R) and a forward gear. That will clear the area around your front wheels. If you need to be towed out. Release the as accelerator pedal while you shift. see “Tire Chains” in the Index. and press lightly on the accelerator pedal when the transaxle in gear.If You’re Stuck: In Sand. you may need to be towed out. and you or others could be injured. When you’re stuck. Rocking Your Vehicle To Get It Out First. turn your steering wheel left and right. but get you must use caution. If is that doesn’t getyou out after a few tries. method knownas The “rocking” can help you out when you’re stuck. you can destroy your transaxle. I If you let your tires spin high speed. I NOTICE: Spinning yourwheels can destroy parts your of vehicle as well as thetires. 5-36 I . see do “Towing Your Vehicle” in the Index. And. Don’t spin thewheels above 35 mph (55 km/h) as shown on the speedometer. Thatcould cause an engine compartment fire or other damage. they can at explode. Ice or Snow What you don’t want do when your vehicle stuck is to is to spin your wheels too fast.

NOTES 5-37 .


and a partdevoted to its appearance care.17 6-18 6-22 6-26 6-27 6-28 6-3 1 6-32 6-32 6-39 6-39 6-47 6-47 Service Fuel Fuels in Foreign Countries Filling Your Tank Checking Things Under the Hood Engine Oil Air Cleaner Automatic Transaxle Fluid Engine Coolant Power Steering Fluid Windshield Washer Fluid Brakes Battery Bulb Replacement Halogen Bulbs Windshield WiperBlade Replacement Tires Appearance Care Cleaning the Inside of Your Chevrolet 6-50 6-5 1 6-5 1 6-52 6-52 6-52 6-53 6-54 6-54 6-54 6-54 6-54 6-55 6-56 6-56 6-56 6-66 Cleaning the Built-InChild Restraint Care of Safety Belts and Built-in Child Restraint Harness Cleaning Glass Surfaces Cleaning the Outside of the Windshield and Wiper Blades Weatherstrips Cleaning the Outside of Your Chevrolet Cleaning Aluminum Wheels (If Equipped) Cleaning Tires Sheet Metal Damage Finish Damage Underbody Maintenance Chemical Paint Spotting Appearance Care Materials Chart Vehicle Identification Number(VIN) Service Parts IdentificationLabel Electrical System Air Conditioning Refrigerants 6-1 .0 Section 6 Service and Appearance Care Here you will findinformation about the care of your Chevrolet. There is also technicalinformation about your vehicle. 6-2 6-3 6-4 6-5 6-7 6-11 6. and then it shows how to check important fluid and lubricantlevels.This section beginswith service and fuel information.

see “Service and Owner Publications” in the Index. You’ll get genuine GM parts and GM-trained and supported service people. experience. “English” and “metric” fasteners can be easily confused.Service Your Chevrolet dealer knows your vehicle best and wants you to be happy with We hope you’llgo to it. your dealerfor all your service needs. If you use the wrong fasteners. We hope you’ll want to keep your vehicle all GM. you’ll want to get the proper Chevrolet Service Manual. GM Genuine GM parts have one of these marks: @H” Delco Doing Your Own Service Work If you want todo some of your own service work. 0 Be sure you have sufficient knowledge. order the proper service To manual. 6-2 .parts can later break or fall off. theproper replacement parts and tools before you attempt anyvehicle maintenance task. 0 Be sure touse the proper nuts. bolts and other fasteners. It tells you much more about how to service your Chevrolet than this manual can. n You can be injured and your vehicle could be damaged if you try to do service work on a vehicle without knowing enough about it. You could be hurt.

If your vehicle is certified to meet California Emission Standards (indicated on the underhood tune-up label). butemission control system performance may be affected. and you don’thave to buy ahigher octane fuel to get rid of pinging. your engine needs service. If it’s bad enough. Improved gasoline specificationshave been developed by the AmericanAutomobile Manufacturers Association (AAMA) for better vehicleperformance and engine protection. it is designed to operate on that meet California fuels specifications. it can damage your engine. If such fuels are not available states in adopting California emissions standards. This may cause wind noise and affect windshield washer performance. return to your authorized Chevrolet dealer for diagnosis todetermine the cause of failure. Use regular unleaded gasoline rated 87 octane or at higher.5-M93 in Canada.Adding Equipment to the Outside of Your Vehicle Things you might add to the outside your vehicle can of affect the aifflow around it. Be sure the posted octane is at least 87.But don’t worry if you hear little pinging noise when a you’re accelerating or driving up a hill. It’s the heavy. you may get a heavy knocking noise when you drive. Gasolines meeting the AAMA specification could provide improved driveability and emission control system protection compared to other gasolines. .The malfunction indicator lamp on your instrument panel may turn on and/or your vehicle may fail a smog-check test. That’s normal. If you’re using fuel rated at 87octane or higher and you hear heavy knocking. your vehicle will operate satisfactorily on fuels meeting federal specifications. Check with your Chevrolet dealer beforeadding equipment to the outside of your vehicle. the octane is If less than 87. At a minimum. repairs may not becovered by your warranty.If this occurs. constant knock that means you have a problem. Inthe event it isdetermined that the cause of the conditionis the typeof fuels used. should meet specifications it ASTM D4814 in the United States and CGSB 3.

If this occurs. Fuels in Foreign Countries If you planon driving in another country outside the United States or Canada. ask an auto club. It can corrode metal parts in your fuel system also damage and plastic and rubber parts. you should not have to add anything to the fuel.Some gasolines that not reformulatedfor low are emissions contain an octane-enhancing additive called methylcyclopentadienyl manganese tricarbonyl (MMT). return to your authorized Chevrolet dealerfor service. In addition. Costly repairs caused use of by improper fuel wouldn’t be covered by your a @ mn . You can also write us at the following address for advice. or contact a major oil company that does business the in country where you’ll be driving. ask your service station operator whethernot his fuel or contains MMT. To check onfuel availability. Therefore. Vehicle Identification Number General Motors International Product Center 1908 Colonel Sam Drive Oshawa. That damage wouldn’t be covered under your warranty. Never the use leaded gasolineany other not recommended the or fuel in previous text on fuel. allowing your emission control system to function properly. To provide cleaner air. The malfunction indicatorlamp on your instrument panel may turn on. General Motors does not recommend the use of such gasolines. and reformulated gasolines may available in your area to be help clean thea r General Motors recommends that i. gasolines containing oxygenates. proper fuel may be hard to find. you use these gasolinesif they comply with the specifications described earlier. Don’t use it. NOTICE: Your vehicle was not designed for fuel that contams methanol. gasolines in the United States all are now required to contain additives that will help prevent depositsfrom forming in your engine and fuel system.I€fuels containing “T are used. Just tell us where you’re going and give your (VIN). OntarioLlH 8P7 6-4 . such as ethers and ethanol. spark plug life may be reduced and your emission control system performance may be affected.

It burns violently.Filling Your Tank A CAUTION: Gasoline vapor is highly flammable. gr "$ 6-5 . Don't smoke if you're near gasoline or refueling your vehicle. and that can cause very bad injuries. flames and smoking materials away from gasoline. Keep sparks. . .

The cap has a spring in if you let it. See “Cleaning the Outside of Your Chevrolet” in the Index. let the hang by the tether below the cap fuel fill opening. I If you get gasoline on yourself and then something ignites it. it Be careful not to spill gasoline. To take off the cap. will spring back to the right. turn it slowly to the left (counterclockwise).The tethered cap is behind a hinged door on theleft side of your vehicle. 6-6 . Open the fuel filler cap slowly and wait for any“hiss” noise to stop. Clean gasoline from painted surfacesas soon as possible.Then unscrew the cap all the way. go of the cap too soon. This spray can happen too if your tankis nearly full. L While refueling. could be badly burned. you Gasoline can spray out you if you open the on fuel filler cap quickly. and more likely in is hot weather.

Make sure you fully install the cap. The diagnostic system can determine if the fuel cap has been leftoff or improperly installed. and plastic or rubber. oil. be sure to get the right type. These include liquids like gasoline. See “Malfunction Indicator Lamp” in the Index. If you get the wrong type. You or others could beburned. Checking ThingsUnder the Hood I NOTICE: If you needa new cap. turnit to the right (clockwise) until youhear a clicking sound. See “Malfunction Indicator Lamp” in the Index. coolant. Your dealer can get onefor you. This would allow fuel to evaporate into the may not fit properly. clothing and tools awayfrom any underhood electric fan. Things that burncan get on hot engine parts and start a fire. Be careful notto drop or spill things that will burn onto a hot engine. This may cause your malfunction indicator lamp to light and your fuel tank and emissions system may be damaged. Keep hands.brake fluid. windshield washer and other fluids. An electric fan under the hood can start up and injure you even whenthe engineis not running.When you put the cap back on. 6-7 .

Hood Release To open the hood. Then go to the frontof the vehicle and release the secondary hood release. first pull thehandle located inside the vehicle near the parking brake pedal. Lift the hood. 6-8 .

r When you open the hood on the 3 100 (Code M) engine. Brake Fluid Reservoir H. Engine Coolant Reservoir B. Remote Positive Battery Terminal J. Radiator Fill Cap C. Windshield Washer Fluid Reservoir K. Automatic Transaxle Fluid Dipstick G. Engine Oil Dipstick F. Battery (located under Windshield Washer Fluid Reservoir) . Power Steering Fluid Reservoir D. Air Filter I. you’ll see: A. Engine Oil Fill Cap E.

When you open the hood the 3. Brake Fluid Reservoir H. Battery (located under Windshield Washer Fluid Reservoir) . Air Filter I. 6-10 . Engine Coolant Reservoir B.4L DOHC (Code X) engine. Power Steering Fluid Reservoir D. Engine Oil FillCap E. Engine Oil Dipstick E Automatic Transaxle Fluid Dipstick G. you’ll see: on A. Radiator Fill Cap C . RemotePositiveBattery Terminal J Windshield Washer Fluid Reservoir K.

the must oil be warm andthe vehicle mustbe on level ground. In order toget an accurate reading. see “Low Oil Level Light” in the Index. LOW OIL 3100 (Code M) Engine 3.Before closing the hood. You should check your engine oil level regularly. If you don’t. the oil dipstick oil might not show the actual level. For more information. this is an added reminder. sure all the filler caps are on be properly.4L DOHC (Code X) Engine It’s a good idea to check your engine oil every time you get fuel. Then just pull the hood down and close firmly. The engine oil dipstick handle is the yellow loop near the front of the engine. it means you need to check your engine oil level right away. 6-11 . it Engine Oil If the LOW OIL light on the instrument panel comes on. Turn off the engine and givethe oil a few minutes to drain back into the pan.

When to Add Oil If the oil is at or below the lower m r . f allow up to 20 minutes for the oil to drain back the into oil pan.4L DOHC engine (VIN Code X). it keeping the tip down. then push back in all the way. 3. your engine could be damaged. Remove it again. This part explains what kindof oil to use. and check the level. But you must use the right kind.4L DOHC (Code X) Engine 6-12 .then you’ll need to ak add at least one quart of oil.Checking Engine Oil I you have the3. your engine has If so much oil that the oil level gets above the cross-hatched area that shows the proper operating range. Pull out the dipstick and cleanwith a paper towel or it cloth. For crankcase capacity. see “Capacities and Specifications” in the Index. NOTICE: Don’t add too much oil.

What nd of Oil to Use Oils recommendedfor your vehiclecan be identified by looking for the “Starburst” symbol. You should also use the proper viscosity oil for your vehicle. If you change your own oil. be sure youuse oil that has the Starburst symbol on the front of the oil container. as shown in thefollowing chart: 6-13 . Be sure tofill it enough to put the level somewhere in the proper operating range. be sure theoil put into your engine is American Petroleum Institute certified for gasoline engines. Push the dipstick all the way back in whenyou’re through.Do not use anyoil which does not carry this Starburst symbol. If you have your oil changed for you. This symbol indicates that the oil been certifiedby the American has Petroleum Institute (API). 3100 (Code M) Engine The engine oil fill cap is located toward the front of the engine near theyellow-looped engine oil dipstick.

However. HOT WEATHER + 38 WOK FOR THIS SYMBOL + 27 + 16 +4 -7 -10 - COLD WEATHER DO NOT USE SA€ 2OW-50 OR ANY OTHER GRADE OIL NOT RECOMMENDED 6-14 .RECOMMENDED SAL VlSCOSlTT GRADE ENGINE OllS FOR BEST FUEL ECONOMY AND COLD STARTING. can use you S A E 1OW-30 if it’s going tobe 0°F (-18°C) or above. such as SAE 2OW-50. or thickness. Do not use other viscosity oils. These numbers on an oil container show its viscosity. SAE if 5W-30 is bestfor your vehicle. As shown in the chart. SELECT THE LOWEST SAE VISCOSITY GRADE OIL FOR THE EXPECTED TEMPERATURE RANGE. you have the 3 100 engine.

I As shown in the chart. PREFERRED .bow WF SAE sw-30 (-18%) GM Goodwrench@oil meets all the requirements for your vehicle. if you have the 3. such as SAE 2OW-50.4L DOHC engine. When it’s oil very cold. Do not use other viscosityoils. If you are in an area where the temperature falls below -20°F (-29”C). Failure to use the recommended oil can result in engine damage not covered by your warranty. Both will provide easier cold starting better protectionfor your engine and at extremely low temperatures. These numbers on an oil container showits viscosity. COLD WEATHER DO NOT USE SAE 2OW-50 OR ANY OTHER GRADE OIL NOT RECOMMENDED I 6-15 . you should use S A E 5W-30. However. HOT WEATHER NOTICE: Use only engine oil with the American Petroleum Institute Certified For Gasoline Engines “Starburst” symbol. consider using either an SAE 5W-30 synthetic oilor an SAE OW-30 oil.RECOMMENDED SAE VISCOSITY GRADE ENGINE OILS FOR BEST FUEL ECONOMY AND COLD STARTING. SAE 1OW-30 is best for your vehicle. or thickness. you can use SAE 5W-30 if it’s going to colder than be 60O F (16 O C) before your next change. SELECT THE LOWEST SAE VISCOSITY GRADE OIL FOR THEEXPECTEDTEMPERATURERANGE.

whichever occurs m or you have a problem properly disposing your used oil. of first. then you need to change your and filter every oil recycle it by taking it to a place that collects used oil. police. (See the manufacturer’s warnings about the use and disposal of oil products. into down sooner. use the short tripkity (See “Change OilSoon Light” in the Index. usethe long triphighway maintenance schedule. sure to drain all free-flowing be oil of oil Driving under these conditions causes engine oil to break from the filter before disposal. sewers.If none of them is true. or properly throw Wash away clothingor rags containing used engine oil. 0 6-16 . Clean your skin and nails with and soap water. Most trips are through dusty areas.000 miles (5 OOO k ) 3 months -.) maintenance schedule: Engine Oil Additives 0 Most trips are less than to 10 miles (8 to 16 km). pouringit on the ground. taxi for or other commercial application. Used oil can be areal threat to the environment. occurs first. a service stationa local recycling or center for help.Change the oil and filter every Don’t add anything to your oil. What to Do with Used Oil Did you know that used engine oil contains certain elements that may be unhealthy your skin and could for even cause cancer? Don’t let used stay on your skin oil for very long.whichever m or ready to advise if you think something should be added. or a good hand cleaner. If you change your own oil. Most trips include extensive idling (such frequent as driving in stop-and-go traffic).) 0 0 0 a carrier on top of You frequently tow a trailer or use your vehicle.) ask your dealer. Instead. (See “Change Oil Soon Light” in the Index. The vehicle is used delivery service.500 miles (12 500 k ) 12 months -. Chevrolet dealer is Your 7. Don’t ever dispose by putting it in the trash. 5 This is particularlyimportant when outside temperatures are below freezing. If any one of these is true for your vehicle. If any one of these is true for you. Driving a vehicle with a fully warmed engine under highway conditions causes engine oil to When to Change Engine Oil break down slower. If 3. or into streamsor bodies of water.

See “Scheduled Maintenance Services” the Index. remove the four screws and pull off the cover.Be sure to install the air filter and install thecover tightly when youare finished. Refer to the Maintenance Schedule determine whento to replace the air filter.Air Cleaner I Pull out the filter. in 6-17 . To check or replace the air filter.

The air cleaner not only cleans air. a dirt damaging engine fire. Always have theair cleaner in place when you’re driving.000 miles filter (83 000 km) if the vehicleis mainly driven under or one more of these conditions: 0 In heavy city traffic where the outside temperature regularly reaches90°F (32°C) or higher. Uses such as found in taxi. And. the fluid and filter do not require changing. 0 0 NOTICE: 0 If the air cleaner is a backfire can cause off. Change both the fluid and every 50. can easily get See “Scheduled Maintenance Services” in the Index. A good time tocheck your automatic transaxle fluid level is when the engine oil is changed. If it isn’t there. and be careful working on the n h e with e the air cleaner off. into your engine. which will damage it. 6-18 . When doing frequent trailer towing. police or delivery service. Don’t drive with it off. you could be burned. If you do not use your vehicle under any of these conditions.and the engine backfhes. it stops flameif the engine the backfhes.Automatic Transaxle Fluid When to Check and Change Operating the engine with air cleaner off can the cause you or others to be burned. In hilly or mountainous terrain.

whichis 180°F to 200°F (82°C to 93 "C).How to Check Because this operation can be a little difficult. Be sure to get an accurate reading if you check your transaxle fluid. the fluid should be at normal operating temperature. or you could get a false reading on the dipstick. 6-19 . In heavy traffic -. be sure to follow all the instructions here. Too much can mean that some of the fluid could come out and fall on hot engine parts or exhaust system parts. you may have to drive longer. At high speed for quite a while. If it's colder than50°F (lO"C). you may choose to have this done at yourChevrolet dealership Service Department. While pulling a trailer. Get the vehicle warmed up by driving about 15 miles (24 k ) m when outsidetemperatures are above 50°F (10°C). starting a fire. Wait at least30 minutes before checking the transaxle fluid levelif you have been driving: When outside temperatures are above 90°F (32°C). NOTICE: Too much or too little fluid can damage your transaxle. If you do it yourself.especially in hot weather. _ _ - To get the right reading.

pausing for about three seconds in each range. Pull out the dipstick and of wipe it witha clean ragor paper towel. position the shift lever in PARR (P). the shift lever ia PARK () P. move the shift lever through each gear range.4L DOHC (Code X) Engine 1 .follow these steps: 0 3100 (Code M) Engine 3. 6-20 . 2. Push it back in all the way. without shutting off the engine. The transaxle fluid dipstick handle the red loop is near the back the engine. With yaw foot on the brakepedal. wait three seconds and then pull it back out again. With the parking brake applied. idle Then. Let the engine run at for three to five minutes.Checking the Fluid Level Park your vehicle on a level place. Keep the engine running.

” 4. generally less than one pint (0. When the correct fluid levelis obtained. 3. read the and lower level. If the fluid levelis in the acceptable range. Check both sides of the dipstick.If the fluid level is low. it It doesn’t take much fluid. push the dipstick back inall the way. the We recommend you use only fluid labeled DEXRON@-111. Using a long-neck funnel. recheck the fluid level as described under “How to Check.5 L). because fluid with that label is made especially for your automatic transaxle. 4. Pull out the dipstick. add only enough of the proper fluid to bring the level the cross-hatched areaon into the dipstick. 3100 (Code M) Engine 3. After adding fluid. 6-21 . 1. Don’t oveflll. 2.The fluid level mustbe in the cross-hatched area.4 L DOHC (Code X) Engine I NOTICE: I 3. push the dipstick back in all way. Damage caused by fluid other than DEXRON-I11 is not covered by your new vehicle warranty. add enough fluidat the dipstick hole to bring to the proper level. See “Recommended Fluids and Lubricants’’in the Index. How to Add Fluid Refer to the Maintenance Schedule to determine what kind of transaxle fluidto use.

-- 0 Protect against rust and corrosion. The following explains your cooling system and how to add coolant when is low. I NOTICE: - A 50/50 mixture of water and DEX-COOL@ coolant will: 0 0 Give freezing protection down to -34°F (-37°C). addition. you add only if DEX-COOL’ extended life coolant. add 0 0 6-22 . Damage causedby the use of coolant other than DEX-COOL@not is covered by your new vehicle warranty. Help keep the proper engine temperature.000 miles (50 000 km) or 24 months. Give boiling protection up 265 O F (129 C). Let the warning lights and gages work as they should. see “Engine Overheating” in the Index. What to Use Use a mixture one-half clean water (preferably of distilled) and one-half DEX-COOL@ coolant which won’t damage aluminum parts. to O When addingcoolant. whichever occursfirst. This coolant is designed to remain in your vehicle 5 years or 150. it is important thatyou use only DEX-COOL@(silicate-free) coolant. premature engine.Engine Coolant The cooling s stem in your vehicle is filled with DEX-COOL J engine coolant.000 miles for (240 000 km) whichever occurs first. If coolant other than DEX-COOL added to the is system.If you have a problem with it engine overheating or if you need to add coolant to your radiator. you don’t need to anything else. heater core or radiator corrosion may result. the In engine coolantwill require change sooner at 30. If you use this mixture.

Use a 50/50 mix of clean water and DEX-COOL@coolant. Your engine could catch fire and you or others could beburned. 6-23 . [f youhave to add coolant more than four a year. you don’t have to add extra inhibitors or additives which claim to improve the system. Plain water. ~ NOTICE: If you usean improper coolant mix. Too much water inthe mix can freeze and crack the engine.your engine could overheat and be badly damaged.I /1 CAUTION: ! Adding only plain water to your cooling system can be dangerous. heater core and other parts. radiator. NOTICE: If you use the proper coolant. These can be harmful. With for plain water or the wrong mix.your engine could get toohot but you wouldn’t get overheat the warning. The repair cost wouldn’t be covered by your warranty. times nave your dealercheck your cooling system. Your vehicle’s coolant warning system is set the proper coolant mix. boil beforethe proper can coolant mixwill. some other or liquid like alcohol.

but be careful not to spill it. LOW COOLANT Adding Coolant .) 6-24 . it means you’re low on engine coolant. add proper DEX-COOL@ the coolant mixture at the coolant recovery tank. the coolant level should at be the COLD mark or alittle higher. the level shouldbe up to the HOT mark or a little higher.Checking Coolant If this lightcomes on. When your engine is cold. If the coolant recovery tank is completely empty.‘ If you need more coolant. add coolant to the radiator. . When your engine is warm. “Engine Overheating” in (See the Index.

Be sure the arrows on the cap line up with the overflow tube on the radiator filler neck.The thermostat stops the flow of coolant throughthe radiator until the coolant reaches a preset temperature.Radiator Pressure Cap I’urning the radiator pressure cap when the engine and radiator are can allow steam and hot scalding liquids blow out and burn you badly. 1 NOTICE: Your radiator cap is a 15 psi (105 kPa) pressure-type cap and must be tightly installed to prevent coolant loss possible engine damage and from overheating. 6-25 . AC@thermostat When you replace your thermostat. Coolant contains ethylene glycol. an is recommended. cap is recommended. Don’t spill coolant a hot engine. on Engine coolant temperature is controlled by a thermostat in the engine coolant system. Thermostat You can be burned if you spill coolant hot on engine parts. you will almost never have to coolant at the radiator. to With the coolant recovery tank. and it will burn if the engineparts are hot enough. I -- -- When you replace your radiator pressure an AC@ cap. Never add turn the radiator pressure cap even a little when the engine and radiator are hot.

4L DOHC (Code X) Engine When to Check Power Steering Fluid It is not necessary to regularly check power steering fluid unlessyou suspect there is a leak the system or in you hear an unusual noise. fluid loss in this system A could indicate a problem. 6-26 . Always use the proper fluid.Power Steerlag Fluid 3100 (Code M) Engine 3. see of “Recommended Fluids and Lubricants” in the Index. Failure to use the proper fluid can cause leaks and damage hoses and seals. Have the system inspected and repaired. What to Use To determine what kind fluid to use.

It can damage your washer system and paint. Water can cause the solution to freeze and damage your washer tank and fluid other partsof the washersystem. sure to read be the manufacturer’s instructions before use. Don’t use radiator antifreeze in your windshield washer. you willbe If operating your vehicle anarea where the temperature in may fall below freezing. water doesn’t cleanas well as washer fluid. which could damage the tank it is if completely full. Open thecap labeled WASHER FLUID ONLY. follow the manufacturer’s instructions for adding water. NOTICE: 0 0 Adding Washer Fluid 0 0 When using concentrated washerfluid. This allows for expansion if freezing occurs.Windshield Washer Fluid What to Use When you need windshield washer fluid. Don’t mix water with ready-to-use washer fluid. Also. Fill your washer fluid tank only three-quarters full when it’s very cold. the 6-27 . Add washer fluid until tank is full. use a fluid that sufficient has protection against freezing.

to your Adding brake fluid won’t correct a leak. So. you should have If your brake system fixed. only when work is done on the brake hydraulic system.Brakes Brake Fluid leaking outof the brake system. It is filled is with DOT-3 brake fluid. it is. or won’t work at all. A CAUTION: Your brake master cylinder reservoir here. The fluid burn if the engineis hot will enough. the fluid level goes back up. You or others could burned. and your be vehicle could be damaged. When new linings are put in. add fluid If you when your linings worn. since a leak means that sooner or later your brakes won’t work well. other reasonis that fluidis The I If you havetoo much brake fluid. There are only two reasons why the brake fluid level in the reservoir might go down. it spill on the can engine. first is that the brake The fluid goes down to acceptable level during normal an brake liningwear. as necessary. 6-28 . should add You (or remove) brake fluid. then you’ll are have too much fluid when you get new brake linings. Add brake fluid only when work is done on the brake hydraulic system. it isn’t a good idea “top OF’ brake fluid.

use only DOT-3 brake fluid -. of With the wrong kind fluid inyour brake system.such as Delco Supreme 11’ (GM Part No.BRAKE When yourbrake fluid falls to a low level. This could cause a crash. or they may not even work at all. Don’t let someoneput in the wrong kind of fluid. your brakesmay not workwell. in your brake system can damage brake system parts so badly thatthey’ll have to be replaced. just a few drops of mineral-based oil. 12377967). Always use the proper brake fluid. See “Appearance Care” in the Index. Be careful not to spill brake fluid on yourvehicle. This will help keep dirt from entering the reservoir. the paint finish can be damaged. Use new brake fluid from a sealed container only. Always clean the brake fluid reservoircap and the area around the cap before removingit. . For example. such as engine oil. your brake warning light will come on. NOTICE: a Using the wrong fluid can badly damage brake system parts. wash it off immediately. If you do. 1 6-29 What toAdd When you do need brake fluid. See “Brake System Warning Light” in the Index. a If you spill brake fluid on yourvehicle’s painted surfaces.

the rear brake drums should removed and inspected be each time the tires are removed rotation or changing. but if you ever hear a rear brake rubbing you are pushing on the brakepedal firmly). The brake wear warning sound means that soon be your brakes won’t work well. r Properly torqued wheel nuts necessary to help are prevent brake pulsation. The sound may come andgo or be heard all the time your vehicle is moving (except when If you have rear drum brakes. an accident. When tires are rotated. When you hear the brake wear See “Brake System Inspection” in Section 7 of this warning sound. Some driving conditions or climates may cause a brake squeal whenthe brakes arefirst applied or lightly applied. noise.4L DOHC engine. Ithas four-wheel disc brakesif it is equipped with the 3. NOTICE: Continuing to drive with worn-out brake pads could result in costly brake repair. have the rear brakes inspected. This does not mean something wrong with is your brakes. they don’t have wear indicators. for When you have the front brake pads replaced. have the rear brake linings inspected. too. That could lead to Brake linings should always replaced ascomplete axle sets. i 6-30 . inspect Disc brake pads have built-in wear indicators that make brake pads for wear and evenly torque wheel in the a nuts high-pitched warning sound when the brake pads are worn proper sequence to GM specifications.Brake Wear Your Chevrolet has front disc brakesand rear drum brakes if it is equipped with the3100 engine. Also. and new pads are needed. manual under Part “Periodic Maintenance C Inspections”. have your vehicle serviced.

Getone that has thereplacement number shown on the original battery’s label. The braking performanceyou’ve come to expect can change in many other ways if someone puts in the wrong replacement brake parts. When it’s one time for a new battery. When you replace parts of your braking system -. your brakesmay no longer work properly. Battery Every new Chevrolet has a DelcoFreedom’ battery. For example.or if there is a rapid increase pedal in travel. This could be a signof brake trouble. If you don’t. You never have to add water to of these. take off the black.for example. when your brake linings weardown and you have to have new ones put in -. thebalance between for your front and rear brakes can change -. Your vehicle wasdesigned and tested with top-quality GM brake replacement sureyou get new approved GM replacement parts. we recommend Delco Freedom a battery. negative (-) cable from the battery. Its is many partshave to be of top quality and work well together if the vehicle is to have really good braking.for the worse. if someone puts in brake linings Vehicle Storage If you’re not going to drive your vehicle 25 days or for more. Brake Adjustment Every time you applythe brakes. your brakes adjust for wear. with orwithout the vehicle moving. Replacing Brake System Parts The braking system on a modern vehicle complex. that are wrong your vehicle. This will help keep your battery from running down.Brake Pedal Travel See your dealer if the brake pedal does not return to normal height. 6-31 .

A CAUTION: Halogen bulbs have ssuriz pre 1 inside and s can burst if you drop or scratch the bulb.’ A CAUTION: Halogen Bulbs I Batteries have acidthat can burn you and gas that can explode. You can be badlyhurt if you aren’t careful. see “Theft-Deterrent Featwe” in the Index. 6-32 . Also. sure to read and Be follow the instructions on the bnlb package. to the rightfor the passenger’s side) and removeit from the retaining ring gently by pulling it back and away from the headlamp. 2. Press and turn the bulb a quarter-turn (to the leftfor the driver’sside. Bulb Replacement In this sectionyou’ll find directionsfor changing the bulbs in some of the lamps on your Chevrolet. I Contact your dealer to learn how to prepare your vehicle for longer storage periods. Open the hood. Headlamps 1. for yaur audio system. See “Replacement Bulbs”in the Indexto find the type of bulb you need to use.You or others could be injured. SeeJump Starting” in the Index 66 for tips on workingaround a battery without getting hurt.

L. Install the electrical connector the bulb. e k. .. to 4...Front Parking and Turn Signal Lamp 112... Close the hood. 1. . .. Open the hood. Remove the electrical connector from the bulb by raising the locktab and pulling the connector away from the bulb's base. 3. . 6. Install the new bulb by inserting smallest tab on the bulb baseinto the matching notch the retaining in ring. Thereis one flap on each side of the radiator... Turn the bulb a quarter-turn to the right until it stops... the 5 . 6-33 .

Open the flap by lifting the snap screw.2. 6-34 . Position the radiator air side baffle aside and remove the two nuts (pliers maybe required). 3.

6-35 .4. Slide the headlamp assembly outboard and gently pull the inside of the assembly away from the vehicle.

6-36 I . Push the new bdb into the socket and turn it to the fight. Open the trunk lid. Turn the socket tothe left unti1 it stops and pull the bulb and socket out of the centerhigh-mounted stoplamp assembly.Center High-Mouated Stoplamp 2. infront of the trunk hinges. 5. turn it to the left and pull it oat of the socket. 4. 3. Replace the bulb and socket in the assembly. Locate the stoplamp behind the rear seats. Push in the bulb. 1.

if equipped. 5. Open the trunk. Install the assembly andthe two lower wing nuts. Do not twist it. Replace the carpeting. To remove a socket. 4. d- I d 2. Push the new bulb into the socket. if equipped. Pull the carpet away from the rearof the vehicle. 13. press the tab. 12. 9. Replace the upper (convenience net) wing nut. Unscrew the tworemaining wing nuts and pull the assembly from the body carefully. 10. 7. Tighten the socket by turning it to the right. 11. turn socket to the the left and pull out. Replace the convenience net.Remove the convenience net if you have one. Pull the bulb out. it 6. Remove the upper (convenience net) wing nut. if equipped. 6-37 . Replace the socket in the assembly. 3. Unhook the net from the upper wing nut.Tail/Stop/Turn Signal Lamp 1. 8.

To replace the bulb cover. Do not it twist the bulb. 6-38 . 5 . 2. For any bulb changing procedure not listed in section. Open the trunk. (To help pry the sides loose. 3. Snap the cover firmly into place. hook the new bulb onto the prongs. 2. pull out of the socket. Then squeeze and pull downward. To remove the bulb. Remove the old bulb from the small prongs extending from the dome lamp base plate. 4. The back-up lamp bulbs are in the rear of the trunk lid. a flat-blade screwdriver may be used as an aid during this procedure). Dome Lamp 1. 3. making sure both the cover and the base plate line up properly.Back-up Lamp 1. Grasp the front and rear center the domelamp of cover at the same time. Push the new bulb into the socket. Reverse Steps 1 through 3 to replace the socket. this contact your Chevrolet dealer service department. Press the tab on the socket. center over the base it plate. turn the socket to the left and pull it out.

Tires Your new Chevroletcomes with high-quality tires made by a leading tire manufacturer. Poorly maintained and improperly used tires are dangerous. While holding the wiper arm away from the glass. You could have an air-out and a serious accident. 3. push the release clip from under the blade connecting point and pull the blade assembly down towards the glass to remove it fromthe wipe arm. For clip wiper blade replacement length type. Push the new wiper blade securelyon the wiper arm until you hear the release “click” into place. Overloading your tires can cause overheating as a result of too much friction. 1. also see and “Capacities and Specifications” in the Index.Windshield Wiper Blade Retdacement 4.The blades the are more accessible for removalheplacement while in this position. Pull the windshield wiper arm awayfrom the windshield. see your Chevrolet Warranty booklet details. 5. 2. Turn the wipers on to the lowest intermittent setting. Turn off the ignition while the wipers are at the outer positions of wiper pattern. you everhave If questions about your tire warranty and where to obtain service. See “Loading Your Vehicle” in the Index. CAUTION: (Continued) 6-39 . for Replacement bladesfor your vehicle are 22 inches (559 mm) in length.

which is on the inside of the trunk lid shows the correct inflation pressures €or your tireswhen they’re cold. your If tread is badlyworn. 6-40 .NOTICE: 0 0 0 Underinflated tires pose the same danger as overloaded tires. you can air get the following: Too much flexing 0 Too much heat Tire overloading 0 Bad wear 0 Bad handling 0 Bad fuel economy. are punctured or broken by a sudden impact such as when youhit a pothole. air you can getthe following: 0 Unusual wear 0 Bad handling 0 Rough ride Needless damage fromroad hazards.It’s not. “Cold” means your vehicle hasbeen sitting for at least three hours or driven no more than 1 mile (1. old tires can cause accidents. Worn. Check all tires frequently to maintain the recommended pressure. If your tires have too much (overinflation). The resulting accident could cause serious injury. Don’t let anyone tell you underinflation or that overinflation is all right. are Overinflated tires more likely to be cut. Keep tires at the recommended pressure. or if your tires have been damaged.Tire Pressure The Tire-Loading Informationlabel. replace them. I- Inflation -. If your tires donsthave enough (underinflation).6 km). Tire pressure should be checked when your tires cold.

When to Check
Check your tires once a monthor more. Don’t forgetyour compact spare tire. It should be at 60 psi (420 kPa).

How to Check
Use a good quality pocket-type gage to check tire pressure. You can’t tell if your tires are properly inflated simply by looking at them. Radial tires may look properly inflatedeven when they’re underinflated. Be sure to put the valve caps back on the valve stems. When rotating your tires, always use the correct rotation They help prevent leaks by keeping out dirt and moisture. pattern shown here.

Tire Inspection and Rotation
Tires should be rotated every 6,000 to 8,000 miles (10 000 to 13 000 km). Any time you notice unusual wear, rotate your tires as soon as possible and check wheel alignment. Also check for damaged tires or wheels. See “When It’s Time for New Tires” and “Wheel Replacement” later inthis section for more information. The purpose of regular rotationis to achieve more uniform wearfor all tires on the vehicle. first The rotation is the most important. See “Scheduled Maintenance Services” in the Index for scheduled rotation intervals.

Don’t include the compact spare tire in your tire rotation. After the tires have been rotated, adjust the front and rear inflation pressures as shown on the Tire-Loading Information label. Make certain thatall wheel nuts are properly tightened. See “Wheel Nut Torque” in the Index.


Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on the parts to which it is fastened, can makewheel nuts become loose after a time. The wheel could come off and cause an accident. Whenyou change a wheel, remove any rust or dirt from places where the wheel attaches to the vehicle. In anemergency, you can use a cloth or a paper towel to do this; but be sure touse a scraper or wire brush later, if you off. need to, to get all the rust or dirt (See “Changing aFlat Tire” in the Index.)


The tire has a puncture, cut or other damage that can’t be repaired well because of the size or location of the damage.

Buying New Tires
To find out what kind size of tires you need,look at and the Tire-Loading Information label. The tires installed on your vehicle whenit was new had a TirePerformance Criteria Specification (TPCSpec) number on each tire’s sidewall. When you get tires, new get ones with that same TPC Spec number. That way your vehicle willcontinue to have tires that are designed to give properendurance, handling, speed rating, traction, ride and other things duringnormal service on your vehicle.If your tires have an all-season tread design, the TPC number willbe followed by an “MS” (for mudand snow).

Mixing tires could cause you to lose control while driving. If you mix tires of different sizes or types (radial and bias-belted tires), the vehicle may not handle properly, and you could have crash. a Using tires of different sizes may also cause damage to your vehicle. Be sure to use the same size and type tires on all wheels. It’s all right to drive with your compact spare, though. It was developed for use on your vehicle.

Uniform Tire Quality Grading
The following information relates tothe system developed by the United States National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, which grades tires by treadwear, traction and temperature performance. (This applies only to vehicles sold the United States.)The in grades are molded on the sidewalls of most passenger car tires. The Uniform Tire Quality Grading system does . not apply todeep tread, winter-type snow tires, space-saver or temporary use spare tires, tires with nominal rim diameters of 10 to 12 inches (25 to30 cm), or to some limited-production tires.

If you ever replace your tires with those not having a TPC Spec number, make sure they are the same size, load range, speed rating and construction type (bias, bias-belted or radial) as your original tires.



Wheel Alignment and Tire Balance
The wheels on your vehicle were aligned and balanced carefully at the factory to give you the longest tirelife and best overall performance. Scheduled wheel alignment and wheelbalancing are not needed. However, if you notice unusual tire wear or your vehicle pullingone way or the other, thealignment may need tobe reset. If you notice your vehicle vibrating when drivingon a smooth road, your wheels may need tobe rebalanced.



Wheel Replacement
Replace any wheel thatis bent, cracked, or badly rusted or corroded. If wheel nutskeep coming loose, the wheel, wheel boltsand wheel nuts should be replaced.If the wheel leaks air, replace (except some aluminum it wheels, whichcan sometimes be repaired). See your Chevrolet dealer if anyof these conditions exist. Your dealer will know the of wheel you need. kind Each new wheel shouldhave the same load-carrying capacity, diameter, width, offset and mounted the be same way as the one it replaces. If you need to replace any your wheels, wheel bolts of or wheel nuts, replace them only with new GM original equipment parts. This way, you will be sure to have the right wheel, wheel boltsand wheel nutsfor your Chevrolet model.

Using the wrong replacement wheels, wheel bolts or wheel nuts on your vehicle can be dangerous. It could affectthe braking and handling your of vehicle, make your tires air and makeyou lose lose control. You could have acollision in which you or others could injured.Always use the be correct wheel, wheel bolts and wheel nuts for replacement.

The wrongwheel can also cause problems with bearing life, brake cooling, speedometer or odometer calibration, headlamp aim, bumper height, vehicle ground clearance and tire or tire chain clearance to the body and chassis. See “Changing a Flat Tire” in the Index for more information.



Used Replacement Wheels

NOTICE: (Continued)

Use another type of traction device only ifits
Putting a used wheel on yourvehicle is dangerous. You can’t knowhow it’s been usedor how far it’s been driven.It could fail suddenly and cause an accident. If you haveto replace a wheel, usea new GM original equipment wheel. manufacturer recommends it for use onyour vehicle and tire size combinationand road conditions. Follow that manufacturer’s instructions. To help avoid damage to your vehicle, drive slowly, readjust or remove the device if it’scontacting your vehicle, and don’t spin your wheels. If you do find traction devices that will fit, install them onthe front tires. If you haveother tires, usetire chains only where SAE legal and only when you must. Use only Class “S” type chains that arethe proper size for your tires. Install them on front tires and the tighten themas tightly as possible with the ends securely fastened. Drive slowly follow the and chain manufacturer’s instructions. you can If hear the chains contacting your vehicle, stop and retighten them. If the contact continues, slow downuntil it stops. Driving too fast or spinning the wheels with chains onl damage wl i your vehicle.

Tire Chains

I your Chevrolet has f P225/60R16size trs don’t ie, use tire chains. Theycan damage your vehicle because there’s not enough clearance. NOTICE: (Continued)


Appearance Care
Remember, cleaningproducts can be hazardous. Some are toxic. Others can burstinto flame if you strike a match or get them on a hot part the vehicle. Some are of dangerous if you breathe their fumes in a closed space. When you use anything from a container to clean your Chevrolet, be sure to follow the manufacturer’s warnings and instructions. And always open your doors or windows when you’re cleaning the inside. Never use these to clean your vehicle: Gasoline Benzene Naphtha

Don’t use any of these unless this manual says you can. In many uses, these will damage your vehicle: Alcohol Laundry Soap Bleach ReducingAgents

Cleaning the Insideof Your Chevrolet
Use a vacuum cleaner often to rid of dust and loose get dirt. Wipe vinyl or leather with a clean, cloth. damp

CarbonTetrachloride Acetone Paint Thinner Turpentine Lacquer Thinner Nail Polish Remover

Your Chevrolet dealer has two cleaners, a solvent-type spot lifter and foam-type powdered cleaner. They will a clean normal spots and stains very well. not use Do them on vinyl or leather.
Here are some cleaning tips: 1. Always read the instructions onthe cleaner label. 2. Clean up stains as soon as youcan -- before they set. 3. Use a clean cloth or sponge, and change to a clean area often. A soft brush may be used if stains are stubborn. 4. Use solvent-type cleaners in a well-ventilated area only. If you use them, don’t saturate the stained area. 5 . If a ringforms after spot cleaning, clean the entire area immediately or it will set.




They can all be hazardous -- some more than others -- and they can all damage your vehicle, too.


As soon as you’ve clemed the section. Some spots and stains will cleanbetter with @ off s t water and mild soap. 6. Rinse the section with clean. 8.Using Foam-Type Cleaner on Fabric 1. 2. Don’t saturate the material don’t rub it roughly. 2. When you clean a stain from fabric. Keep changingto a clean section the cloth. 9. 6-48 . Vacuum and brush the area to remove loose dirt. Wipe with a clean cloth. use sponge a to remove the suds. Use suds only and apply with a clean sponge. Cleaning shauld start at the outside of the stain.the ti material with rm a clean. wet sponge. Use very little cleaner.dull knife or scraper. Always clean a whole trim panel or section. If you need to use a solvent: 1. Gently scrape excess soil from. Mix Multi-Purpose Powdered Cleaner following the directions on the container label. Dry it immediately with a blow dryer. 3. light pressure and clean cloths (preferably cheesecloth). of 4. 4. and 5. 3. Mask surrounding trim along stitch or welt lines. Wipe off what’s left with a slightly damp paper towel or cloth. “feathering” toward the center. seeif you have to use solvent-type cleaner at all. immediately dry a the areawith a blow dryer to help prevent cleaning ring. a 7. any Ushg Solvent-Qpe Cleaner on Fabric First.

margarine. If an odor lingers after cleaning vomit or urine. fruit juice.Fabric Protection Your Chevrolet has upholstery andcarpet that has been treated with Scotchgard" Fabric Protector. a 3M product. tar and asphaltcan be removed as follows: 1. you still need to clean your upholstery and carpet often to keep looking new. 4. Carefully scrape off excess stain. Combination Stains Stains causedby candy. cosmetic creams. treat the area witha waterhaking soda solution: 1 teaspoon (5 ml) of baking soda to 1 cup (250 ml) of lukewarm water. Follow the solvent-type instructions described earlier. 6-49 . it Further information on cleaning is available by calling 1-800-433-3296 (in Minnesota. shoe polish. 2. fruit. Shoe polish. ice cream. wax crayon. 1-800-642-6167). Even with this of protection. It protects fabrics by repelling and water. urine and blood can be removed as follows: 1. tar and asphalt will stain if left 3. soft drinks. follow the foam-type instructions described earlier. vegetable oils. oil. chili sauce and unknown stains be removed as follows: can 1. Non-Greasy Stains Stains caused by catsup. vomit. If needed. milk. 2. butter. Carefully scrape off excess stain. 2. on a vehicle's If a stain remains. oil which are the carriers most stains. wax crayon. egg. cleanit with solvent-type cleaner. chewing gum. mayonnaise. thensponge the soiled area with cool water. 3. Be careful. because the cleaner will dissolve themand may cause them to spread. Carefully scrape off excess stain. If a stain remains. clean lightly with solvent-type cleaner. They should be removed as soon as possible. coffee withcream. coffee (black). Special Cleaning Problems Greasy orOily Stains Stains caused by grease. Clean with cool water and allow to dry.

Rub with a clean. If dirt is allowed to work into the finish. a 0 Cleaning theTop of the Instrument Panel Use only mild soap and water to clean the top surfaces of the instrument panel. solvent-based or abrasive cleaners. or The built-in child restraint pad is attached to the child restraint cushion and seatback with fastener You strips. Then. Cleaning Leather Use a soft cloth with lukewarm water andmild soap or a saddle soap and wipe with a soft cloth. Sprays containing silicones or waxes may cause annoying reflections the windshield in and even make difficult to see through the windshield it under certain conditions. See your dealer for this product. can remove the pad. use a leather cleaner.See your dealer forths product. 0 6-50 . They may weaken the harness damage plastic parts. Use a clean cloth and off a vinyl/leather cleaner. Things like tar. machine wash cold water on it in a gentle cycle and tumble dryon a low heat setting. asphalt and shoe polish will stain you if don’t get them quickly. and don’t dry clean it. it Never bleachor iron the pad. 0 Never use oils. furniture polish shoe polish on leather.Cleaning Vinyl Use warm water and clean cloth. damp cloth to remove dirt. the dry let leather dry naturally. not use heat to Do dry. varnishes. 0 For stubbornstains. Don’t use household cleaners. it can harm the leather. or Soiled or stained leather should be cleaned immediately. Cleaning the Built-InChild Restraint Your built-in child restraint may be cleaned with mild soap and lukewarm water. You may have todo it more than once.

Cleaning Glass Surfaces Glass should becleaned often. Do not bleach or dye safety belts or the built-in child restraint harness. Any temporary license should not be attached across the defogger grid.Care of Safety Belts and Built-in Child Restraint Harness Keep the safety belts and the built-in child restraint harness clean and dry. Avoid placing decals on the inside rear window. 1050427) or a liquid household glass cleaner at will remove normal tobacco smoke and dust films on interior glass. they might not be able to provide adequate protection. because they may cause scratches. If abrasive cleanersare used on the inside the rear of window. an electricdefogger element may be damaged. GM Glass Cleaner (GM P r No. In a crash. since they may have to be scrapedoff later. they may be severely weakened. Clean the safety belts and the child restraint harness only with mildsoap and lukewarm water. If you do. . Don't use abrasive cleaners on glass.

and not stick squeak. Don’t wash your vehicle the direct rays the sun. High pressure vehicle washes may cause water to enter Weatherstrips Silicone grease on weatherstrips will make them last longer. depth of color. in of Don’t use strong soaps or chemical detergents. Clean the outside the windshield with GM of Windshield Cleaner. All cleaning agents or and affect their performance. Washing Your Vehicle The best way to preserve your vehicle’s finish is to keep it clean by washingit often with lukewarm or cold water. Bon Ami@ Powder (non-scratching glass cleaning powder). The windshield is clean if beadsdo not form when you rinse it with water. or Don’t use cleaning agents that petroleum based. or if the wiper blade chatters when running. clean chamois an all-cotton towel to avoid or surface scratches and water spotting. Dry the finish with a washer solvent. seal better.or are Grime from the windshield will stick to the wiper blades that contain acid abrasives. During very cold. Then rinsethe blade with water. dish car washing (mild detergent) soaps. dishor vehicle washing (mild detergent)soap to clean exterior lamps and lenses.) in your vehicle. Follow instructions under “Washing Your Vehicle. damp weather more frequent application maybe required. Clean the blade by wiping should be flushed promptly and not allowed dry on to vigorously with a cloth soaked in full-strength windshield the surface. replace blades that look worn. GM Part No. wax.Cleaning the Outsideof the Windshield and Wiper Blades If the windshield is not clear after using the windshield washer. Check the wiper blades and clean them as necessary. gloss retention and durability. Apply or silicone grease with a clean cloth at least every six months. 1050011. sap or other material may be on the blade or windshield.” .or they could stain. Use liquid hand. Cleaning Exterior LampsLenses Use lukewarm or cold water. (See “Recommended Fluids and Lubricants” the Index. a soft cloth and a liquid hand. Cleaning the Outsideof Your Chevrolet The paint finishon your vehicle provides beauty. soft.

Your Chevrolet has a “basecoatlclearcoat” paint finish. You can help to keep the paint finish looking new by keeping your Chevrolet garaged or covered whenever possible.dry with a soft clean towel. Cleaning Aluminum Wheels (If Equipped) NOTICE: Machine compounding or aggressive polishing on a basecoatklearcoat paint finish may dull the finish or leave swirl marks. ice melting agents. road oil and tar. Don’t take your vehicle through an automatic vehicle wash that has silicon carbidetire cleaning brushes.. etc. Wash the vehicle assoon as possible. Keep your wheels clean using a soft clean cloth with Always use waxes and polishes thatare non-abrasive and mild soap and water.) Exterior painted surfacesare subject to aging. If necessary. of . The surface of these wheelsis similar to the painted surface of your vehicle. Don’t use strong soaps.(See “Appearance Care and Materials” in the Index. weather and chemical fallout that can take their toll a period over of years. After made for a basecoatklearcoat paint finish.Finish Care Occasional waxing or mild polishingof your Chevrolet by hand may be necessary to remove residue from the paint finish. Foreign materials such as calcium chloride and other salts. chemicals from industrial chimneys. can damage your vehicle’s finish they remain on painted if surfaces. tree sap.A wax may then be applied. The clearcoat gives more depth and gloss to the colored basecoat. chemicals. Rinse with clean water. abrasive polishes. use non-abrasive cleaners that are marked safe for painted surfaces to remove foreign matter. These brushes can also damage the surface these wheels.You can get GM-approved cleaning products from your dealer. rinsing thoroughly. abrasive cleaners or abrasive cleaningbrushes on them because you could damage the surface. bird droppings.

job Chevrolet will repair. ringlet-shaped discolorations.000 miles (20000 km) of purchase. If accelerated corrosion (rust) can occur on the underbody parts such as fuel lines. Dirt packed in closed areas of the frame should be loosened before being flushed.This damage on can take two forms: blotchy. 6-54 . At least every spring. NOTICE: When applying a tire dressing always take care to wipe off any overspray or splash from all painted surfaces on the body or wheels of the vehicle. floor pan and exhaust system even though they have corrosion protection. a stiff brush with a tire cleaner. Although no defect in the paint causes this. make sure the body repair shop applies anti-corrosion material to the parts repaired or replaced to restore corrosion protection. Clean any areas where mud and other debris can collect. Petroleum-based products may damage the paint finish. Bare metal willcorrode quickly and may develop into a major repair expense.Cleaning Tires To clean your tires. at no charge to the owner. use Underbody Maintenance Chemicals used for ice and snow removal and dust control can collect on the underbody. these are not removed. flush these materials the from underbody with plain water. Minor chips and scratches can repaired with touch-up be materials availablefrom your dealer or other service outlets. fracturesor deep scratches in the finish should be repaired right away. Chemical Paint Spotting Some weather and atmospheric conditions can create a chemical fallout. the surfaces of new vehicles damagedby this fallout condition within 12 months or 12. Finish Damage Any stone chips. Larger areas finish damage can corrected of be in your dealer’s body and paint shop. Your dealer oran underbody vehicle washing system can do this for you. whichever occurs first. Airborne pollutants can upon and fall attack painted surfaces your vehicle. Sheet Metal Damage If your vehicleis damaged and requires sheet metal repair or replacement. and small irregular dark spots etched into the paint surface. frame.

(0. (0. . (0.Appearance Care Materials Chart 1 I I I 12345725 I 12 oz.473 Cleaning L) Wax 12377966 16 oz. I Protects removes finish and scratches fine Shines tires **Not recommended for use on instrument panel vinyl.354 L) I Shine Silicone Tire 12377964 16 oz.473 L) Finish Spot Enhancer cleans gives paint luster high and See your General Motors Parts Department for these products. See “Fluids and Lubricants” in the Index.

6-56 / . Service Parts Identification Label You’ll findthis label on your spare tire cover.I . You can see it if you look throughthe windshield from outside your vehicle. specifications and replacement parts. It appears for on a plate in the front corner the instrument panel. see “Servicing Your Air Bag-Equipped Chevrolet” in the Index. This is code will help you identify yourengine. Before attempting to add anything electrical to your Chevrolet. on of the driver’s side. Some electrical equipment can damage your vehicle and the damage wouldn’t be covered by your warranty. It’s very helpful if you ever need to order parts. Engine Identification The 8th character in your VIN the engine code. l Be sure that this label is not removed the vehicle. NOTICE: Don’t add anything electrical to your Chevrolet unless you check with your dealer first. VIN also The appears on the Vehicle Certification and Service Parts labels and the certificates of title and registration.Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) the model designation. On this label is: yourVIN. Your vehicle hasan air bag system. paint information and a list of al production options and special equipment. Some add-on electrical equipment can keep other components from working as they should. from E N G l N E h Q 7f CODE MODEL YEAR \ ASSEMBLY PLANT Electrical System Add-on Electrical Equipment This is the legal identifier your Chevrolet.

have your headlamp system checked right away. etc. If the motor overheats to heavy due snow. the protecting the circuit until problem is fixed. the Additional fuses are the underhood electrical centers in on the right and left sides the engine compartment. When current the load is too heavy. Be sure you replace a bad fuse with a newone of the identical size and rating. Windshield Wipers The windshield wiper motor is protected by a circuit breaker and a fuse. circuit breaker opens and closes. Instrument Panel Fuse Block Some fuses are in a fuse block onthe passenger side of the instrument panel. and fusible thermal links in the wiring itself.. An electrical overload will cause the lamps to go on and off. Fuses and Circuit Breakers The wiring circuits in your vehicle protected from are short circuitsby a combination of fuses. greatly This reduces the chance of fires caused by electrical problems. of 6-57 . Pull off thecover labeled FUSES to expose the fuses. replacethe fuse. have it fixed.Headlamp Wiring The headlamp wiring is protected by a circuitbreaker in the underhoodelectrical center. If this happens. Look at the silver-colored band inside the If the fuse. or in some cases to remain off. If the the overload is caused by some electrical problem. Power Windows and Other Power Options Circuit breakers in fuse panel protect the power the windows and other power accessories. band is brokenor melted. circuit breakers. the wiper will stop until motor cools.

DRL Module. Blower Control Switch HAZARD FLASHER R. HVAC Control Head. Electronic Brake Control Module (EBCM). Radio.Fuse 1 4 5 6 10 11 12 Circuit Breaker C D 13 Description Power Windows Power Seats 14 Description CIGARETTE LIGHTER-.Electronic Brake Control Module (EBCM).H. Theft-Deterrent Module.WAC Control Assembly Solenoid Box.Instrument Panel and Console Cigarette Lighter WAC-. ALDL STARTERRELAY ANTI-THEFTPCM-.Chime Module.Blower Motor Relay .Theft-Deterrent Module A B S -.A B S Relay HVAC BLOWER MOTOR -.E. SPOT LAMP (S. Mix Motor.O.) UP ELECTRONICS BATTERY FEED -.

SOLENOID 6-59 .O.Wiper Switch TURN SIGNAL -.Door Lock Relay. Keyless Entry Receiver DRL MODULE REAR DEFOG--HVAC Control Assembly Rear Window Defogger Switch RADIO -. Instrument Cluster.US Lighted Rearview Mirror.E.O.Radio. Header Courtesy and Reading Lamp. I P Compartment Lamp. Dome Lamp WIPER -.Headlamp Switch. SPOT LAMP (S. O/S Mirror Switch POWER ACCESSORY #2--(Sunroof) Control Unit AIR BAG-.TCCBrake Switch ENGLISWMETRIC (S. Keyless Entry Receiver.Vanity Mirrors.) POWER ACCESSORY (Power)#l -Door LockSwitches.Fuse 15 19 20 21 22 23 25 28 29 30 Description L. Chime Module. BTSI Switch POWER DROP ENHANCED EVAP. Power Drop I/P ELECTRONICS IGNITION FEED -.) CTSY LAMPS -.E. TCCBrake Switch.Turn Signal Flasher Fuse 32 33 37 38 39 41 42 Description POWER LOCKS -. Steering Wheel Radio Switches.H. Trunk Courtesy Lamp.Air Bag System CRUISE CONTROL--Cruise Control Cut-Out Switch STOPLAMPS -.

Fuel Pump Relay. --- 0 0 0 RICMPT REL PCMBAT -F/INJN PCM IGN A/C TRANS CONT ELEKIGN I I Fuse R/CMPT REL PCM BAT A/C CONT TRANS Description Remote Trunk Release. Fuel Pump. Back-up Lamps Powertrain Control Module (PCM).Underhood Electrical Center Passenger’s Side Some €uses are in the underhood electrical center on the passenger’s side of the engine cornpartmeat. Fan Cont#l and #2 Relay A/C CMPR Relay(VIN M only) Automatic Transaxle.Transaxle Range Switch (VIN M only) 6-60 .

Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor (VIN X only). Oxygen Sensor. CCP. EGR.Primary Cooling Fan (Driver’sSide) Ignition Relay 6-61 .Secondary Cooling Fan (Passenger’s Side) FAN CONT #1-. Vacuum Canister Switch Electronic Ignition (EI) Control Module UP Fuse Block Passenger’s Side Underhood Electrical Center. Ignition Relay. P/N Switch FAN CONT #I Relay Relay 14 15 16 17 18 Description FUEL PUMP AIC CMPR FAN CONT #2 -. FPMP Relay.Fuse F/INJN PCM IGN ELEK IGN 10 12 13 Description Fuel Injectors Powertrain Control Module (PCM). Cooling Fans #I and #2.

Underhood Lamp Anti-Lock Brake System 6-62 .I Underhood Electrical Center Driver’s Side -- no0 u o n ABS FAN #3 PARKLPS HORN m Fuse FAN#3 PARK LPS HORN ABS 1 12 Description FAN CONT #3 Relay Headlamp Switch Horn Relay.

. . . ....... 194 Sidemarker.... High-Beam ...... . . ... 9005 9006 Headlamp. ......... . Wiper. contact your Chevrolet dealer service department... . .. 194 Sidemarker. . Passenger’s Side Underhood Electrical Center: F/IJN...3357NA Headlamp. .I/P Fuse Block: Radio... .. .... . .. 3057 Stop/TailiTurnSignal . . ...... . ....... .. . .... . .Circuit Breaker to Headlamp Switch ABS -. ECM IGN. . ... .... .. ... . 891T2 Front Parkingnurn Signal . ... ... .. ... Front... ... .. . . . . . ENG EMIS and ELEK IGNFuses HD LPS -. . . ...... . .. .... .. ..... . . 10230955 12 13 Relay 14 Description ABS -.. Low-Beam ... ....Fuse 11 Description IGN SW1 -.ABS Relay Replacement Bulbs Exterior Lamps Bulb Number Back-up . .Secondary Cooling Fan (Passenger’s Side) HORN 15 16 * For serviceinformation on these bulbs.. TCC....Rear . .. . . 3 156 or 3057 Center High-Mounted Stop ... 6-63 ..... . ABS and Turn Signal Fuses PWR WDO and Circuit Breaker D. . .... HVAC.. . .... . .Anti-Lock Brake System FAN CONT #3 -. . . .. .. .. . Interior Lamps Bulb Number Dome . ..

..3 quarts (11... .... 6-64 ...... 7 quarts (6..88 pounds (0.. ... 5...6 gallons (62....... . ..65L) 3.... ..... Refrigerant (R=134a)...94 L) 12... ............. ........... ..... When adding. .. .. . ....... .....5 quarts (5... ..... . Note: All capacities are approximate. . ..... ...... ...... .5quarts(4. ........ ..6 gallons (62..... ........ .... 16. ............. - *See “Air Conditioning Refrigerants” later in this section.. ........ . .. . ...... ................85 kg) Engine Crankcase Oil and Filter Change 3100(CodeM) ..... .Capacities and Specifications Please refer to “Recommended Fluids and Lubricants” in the Index for more information.... Type ........ ...... ................. 4..4LDOHC (Code X) .. ..... ...8 L) 16... .2 L) Windshield Wiper Blade Replacement Length ...4L DOHC (Code X) . . Automatic Transaxle Pan Removal and Replacement .... .. When drainingheplacing converteT more fluid may be needed.......... .... ........ .. .....................4L DOHC (Code X) ....... hook Fuel Tank 3100 (Code M) .......................5 L) Cooling System Including Reservoir 3100 (Code M) .. . .............. 1.... .......6 quarts (10.... ...... . .......... ... ... .......... 11............8 L) 3.. ............. Air Conditioning* . . After Complete Overhaul .......... . ... be sure to fill to the approximate level. .. ........ ............. 22inches(559mm) ............. ...2L) 3.......... .... ... as recommended in this manual...... See “RecommendedFluids and Lubricants” in the Index.7 L) 10 quarts (9.. .... . . ........ ...

.. ........ .. . ... Horsepower . . .. 3100 (CodeM) V6 191 CID (3100) 9.. ........ ........... .. .. ... ...... ...... . . ....... Compression Ratio ....Engine Specifications Type . .. . .... .........4L) 9. . . .. . . . .. . ThermostatTemperature ... ....25: 1 1-2-3-4-5-6 195°F (91°C) 215 @ 5200 6-65 . Displacement .... . . .... ... ....6: 1 1-2-3-4-5-6 195°F (91°C) 160 @ 5200 3..4L DOHC (Code X) V6 207 CID (3..... Firing Order ........ . .. .. .... ..... . . .... . .

. Battery 3100 (CodeM) .5 inches (273. ....060” (.. ..... .. ....2 inches (140. . .. 55.......... .. . 3. .. .. ask your Chevrolet dealer.0 cm) Tread Width (Front) .. .. PCV Valve 3100 (Code M) . are If the air conditioning system in your vehicle needs refrigerant....4 cm) Length ... Spark Plugs 3100 (Code M) ..........152 cm) AC Q p e 41-919 Gap: 0..... 200. ..1 inches (151.5 inches (182..... . . 5 9 inches (149. .......Normal Maintenance Replacement Parts Air Cleaner Filter All Engines ..114 cm) 6-66 ..045” (.4L DOHC (CodeX) A1208C 600 CCA 690 CCA Vehicle Dimensions Wheelbase .....35 cm) Tread Width (Rear) . 3..4L DOHC (Code X) ... 3. Engine Ol Filter i 3100(Code M) . . If you’re notsure. .... AC Type 41-940 Gap: 0....... 72..4L DOHC (Code X) ....... Radiator Cap All Engines ... ..4L DOHC (Code X) . . 3.... . 59. . ...4 cm) Width .. ..3cm) PF47 PF51 CV892C Air Conditioning Refrigerants Not all air conditioning refrigerants the same. 107. be sure the proper refrigerant is used. .9 inches (510.. .. .... CV895C RC27 ....6 cm) Height .

& NOTES 6-67 .

b % NOTES 6-68 .

Your vehicle needs these services retain its safety.0 Section 7 MaintenanceSchedule This section covers the maintenance requiredfor your Chevrolet. 7-2 7-2 7-3 7-4 7-4 7-4 7-37 7-37 7-37 7-38 7-38 Introduction Your Vehicle and the Environment How This Section is Organized Part A: Scheduled MaintenanceServices Using Your Maintenance Schedule Selecting the RightSchedule Part B: OwnerChecks and Services At Each Fuel Fill At Least Once a Month At Least Twice Year a At Least Oncea Year 7-4 1 7-4 1 7-4 1 7-41 7-4 1 7-4 1 7-42 7-44 Part C: Periodic Maintenance Inspections Steering. Suspension and Front Drive Axle Boot andSeal Inspection Exhaust System Inspection RadiatorandHeaterHoseInspection Throttle Linkage Inspection Brake System Inspection Part D: Recommended Fluids and Lubricants Part E: Maintenance Record 71 . to dependability and emission control performance.

See your Warranty and Owner Assistance booklet. Improper fluid of levels or the wrong tire inflation increase the level can of emissions from your vehicle. Improper vehicle maintenance can even affect the quality the airwe breathe. please maintain your vehicle properly. Have you purchased the GM Protection Plan? The Plan supplements your new vehicle warranties. 7-2 . and to keep your vehicle in good condition.I IMPORTANT: KEEP ENGINE OIL AT THE PROPER LEVEL AND CHANGE AS RECOMMENDED I I Introduction Your Vehicle and the Environment Proper vehicle maintenance not only helps to keep your vehicle in good working condition.To help protect our environment. All recommended maintenance procedures are important. but also helps the environment.or your Chevrolet dealer for details.

a Performing maintenance work onvehicle can be dangerous. “Part E: Maintenance Record”provides a place for you to record the maintenance performed on your vehicle. In addition. “Part B: Owner Checks and Services” tells you what should be checked and when. 7-3 . If you are skilled enough to do some work on your vehicle. you should let your dealer’s service department or another qualified service centerdo these jobs. These products. “Part D: Recommended Fluids and Lubricants” lists some products GM recommends to help keep your vehicle properly maintained. or their equivalents. Whenever any maintenance is performed.This will help you determine when your nextmaintenance should be done. If you have any doubt.Some of these services can be complex. in “Part C: Periodic Maintenance Inspections” explains important inspections that your Chevrolet dealer’s service department or another qualified service center should perform. your own maintenance Do work onlyif you have the required know-how and the proper tools and equipment for the job. so unless you are technically qualified andhave the necessary equipment. havequalified a technician do the work.How This Section is Organized The remainder of this sectionis divided into five parts: “Part A: Scheduled Maintenance Services” shows what tohave done and how often. In trying do some can to be seriously injured. They may be needed to qualify your vehicle for warranty repairs. Italso explains what you can easily do to help keep your vehicle good condition. you will probably want to get service the information GM is a good idea to keep your maintenance receipts. be sure to writeit down in this part. should be used whether do the work you yourself orhave it done. See “Service and Owner Publications” in the Index.

Or you may drive a long distances all the time in very hot. maintenance needs vary. If you you go to your dealer for your service needs.Part A: Scheduled Maintenance Services Using Your Maintenance Schedule We at General Motors want to help keep your you vehicle in good working condition. You will find these limits on your vehicle’s Tire-Loading Information label. please read this So section and note how you drive. at r Make sure whoever services your vehicle uses these. 0 are driven on reasonable road surfaces within legal driving limits. Here’s how decide which to schedule to follow: 7-4 . 0 Selecting the Right Schedule First you’ll need to decide which of the two schedules is right for your vehicle. All parts should be replaced and all necessary repairs done before you or anyone elsedrives the vehicle. But we don’t know exactly how you’ll drive it.See “Fuel” in the Index. use the recommended fuel. You may drive very short distances only a few times week. dusty weather. may even need You more frequent checks and replacements than you’ll find in the schedules in this section. you’ll know that GM-trained and supported service people will perform the work usinggenuine GM parts. The proper fluids and lubricants to use are listedPin D. Or you may drive it to work. If you have any questions on how to keep your vehicle in good condition. These schedules arefor vehicles that: 0 carry passengers and cargo within recommended limits.See “Loading Your Vehicle’’ inthe Index. Because of all the different ways people use their GM vehicles. see your Chevrolet dealer. You may use your vehiclein making deliveries. to errands or in many do other ways. This part tells you the maintenance services you should have done and when should schedule them.

whichever occurs first).Maintenance Schedule Wip/City Short Definition I I Short Trip/City Intervals Every 3. if driving in dusty conditions. Be sure tofollow the complete maintenance schedule on the following pages. 0 Most trips include extensive idling (suchas frequent driving in stop-and-go traffic). police.000 Miles (5 000 km): Engine Oil and Filter Change (or 3 months.000 Miles 000 k ) Automatic Transaxle (83 m: Service (severe conditions only).000 Miles (166 000 km): Spark Plug Wire Inspection. Every 50.000 Miles (100 000 km): Engine Accessory Drive Belt Inspection. taxi or other commercia1 application.000 Miles (100 000 km) Then Every 15. At 60. Every 100. Spark Plug Replacement.000 Miles (10000 km): Tire Rotation. This is particularly important when outside temperatures are below freezing. whicheveroccurs first). These intervals only summarize maintenance services.000 Miles(25 000 km): Camshaft Timing Belt Inspection (3. Fuel Tank. You frequently tow a traileror use a carrier on topof your vehicle. Cap and Lines Inspection. Follow the Short TripKity Maintenance Schedule if any one of these conditionsis true for your vehicle: Most trips are less than5 to 10 miles (8 to 16 km). Every 15.000 Miles (25000 km): Air Cleaner Filter Inspection. If the vehicle is usedfor delivery service. -- One o the reasons you should follow thisschedule if f you operate your vehicle under any of these conditions is thatthese conditions cause engine oil to break down soone7: . Every 6. Every 30.000 Miles (240 000 k ) Cooling System m: Service (or every 60 months.000 Miles (50000 km): Air Cleaner Filter Replacement. Most trips are through dusty areas. Every 60. Every 150.4LCode X engine only).

Fuel Tank. driven a dusty area or used in off paved roads.000 Miles(83 000 km): Automatic Transaxle Service (severe conditions only).000 Miles (166 km):Spark Plug Wire 000 Inspection. Use the Short TripKity schedule for these conditions.Maintenance Schedule Follow this maintenance schedule only if none of the conditions from the Short TripKity Maintenance Schedule is true. Every 150. Every 60. At 60. 60 These intervals only summarize maintenance services. and Lines Inspection. Tire Rotation.000 Miles (100 000 km): Engine Accessory Drive Belt Inspection. Every 100.000 Miles (50 000 km): Air Cleaner Filter 'Replacement. whichever occurs first).4L Code X engine only).500 Miles (12 500 km): Engine Oil and Filter Change (or every 12 months.000 Miles (100000 km) Then Every 15.Do not use thisschedule if the vehicle is used for trailer towing.000 Miles(240 000 km): Cooling System Service (or every months. whichever occurs first).000 Miles (25000 km): Camshaft Timing Belt Inspection (3. Spark Plug Replacement. Be sure to follow complete maintenance schedule the on thefollowing pages. -- 7-6 I . Every 30. Cap Every 50. Driving a vehicle with a fully warmed engine under highway conditions causes engine oil to break down slowex Every 7.

S. DATE ACTUAL MILEAGE SERVICED BY: . + A good time to check your brakes is during tire rotation. The services shown at 150. however.I Short Trip/City Maintenance Schedule-1 The services shown in this schedule up to 100. whichever occurs first). We. Environmental Protection Agency or the California AirResources Board hasdetermined that the failure to perform thismaintenance item will not nullify the emission warranty or limit recall liability prior to the completion of the vehicle’s useful life.000 miles (240 000 kn.000 miles (166 000 km) shouldbe performed after 100. urge that allrecommended maintenance services be performed at the indicated intervals and the maintenance be recorded. See “Brake System Inspection’’ under “Periodic Maintenance Inspection” in PartC of this schedule. r) 0Change engine oil and filter (or every 3 months. An Emission Control Service.000 miles (240 000 km) should be performed at the same interval after 150. Footnotes The U.000 miles (166 000 km) at the same intervals.

See “Tire Inspection and Rotation” in the Indexfor proper rotation pattern and additional information.000 Miles (10 000 km) 0Rotate tires. (See footnote +. An Emission Control Service.I Short TripKity Maintenance Schedule Change engine oil and filter (or every 3 months. An Emission Control Service. 6.000 Miles (15 000 km) 0Change engine oil and filter (or every 3 months. whichever occurs first). whichever occurs first).) i 1 t u o ACTUALMILEAGE ISERVICED BY: I DATE ACTUAL MILEAGE SERVICED BY: I . I 9.

whichever occurs first). See “Tire Inspection and Rotation” in the Index for proper rotation pattern and additional information. 0Rotate tires.I Short TripKity Maintenance Schedule I 15. whichever occurs first). An Emission Control Service. Replace filter if necessary. An Emission Control Service. (See footnote?.) DATE ACTUAL MILEAGE SERVICED BY: DATE ACTUAL MILEAGE SERVICED BY: 7-9 . An Emission Control Service.000 Miles (25 000 km) 0Change engine oil and filter (or every 3 months. (See footnote +.000 Miles (20 000 km) 0Change engine oil and filter (or every 3 months. 12.) 0Inspect air cleaner filter if you are driving in dusty conditions.

lS9000Miles (30 000 km) DATE ACTUAL MILEAGE SERVICED €&X I I . I 21.000 Miles (35 000 km) 0Change engine oiland filter (or every 3 months.I Short Trip/City Maintenance Scb-We. An Emission Control Service. whichever occurs first).

whichever occursfirst).I Short TripKity Maintenance Schedule I 27. An Emission Control Service. whichever occurs first). 0Rotate tires.) DATE ACTUAL MILEAGE ’ SERVICED BY: DATE MILEAGE ACTUAL SERVICED BY: 7-11 . (See footnote +.900 Miles (45 000 km) 0Change engine oil and filter (or every 3 months. An Emission Control Service. 24.000 Miles (40 000 km) 0Change engine oil and filter (or every 3 months. See “Tire Inspection and Rotation” in the Index for proper rotation pattern and additional information.

I DATE ACTUALMILEAGE SERVICED BY: . An Emission Control Service.1 Short Trip/City Maintenance Schedule 1 33. whichever occurs first).000 Miles (55000 km) Change engine oil and Mter (or every 3 months.

An Emission Control Service.) DATE ACTUAL MILEAGE SERVICED BY: DATE SERVICED ACTUAL MILEAGE BY: 7-13 . whichever occurs first). An Emission Control Service. (See footnote +. 0Rotate tires. 36. See “Tire Inspection and Rotation” in the Index for proper rotation pattern and additional information. whichever occurs first).000 Miles (60 000 km) 0Change engine oil and filter (or every 3 months.I Short TripKity Maintenance Schedule I 39.000 Miles (65000 km) Change engine oil and filter (or every 3 months.

000 Miles (70000 km) 45. Replacefilter if necessary. whichever occursfirst). 0Inspect air cleanerfilter if you are driving - (.000 Miles (75 000 km) 0Change engineoil and filter (or every 3 months.Seefuotnote +. An Emission Control Service.) ACTUAL MILEAGE SERVICED BY: I DATE MILEAGE ACTUAL SERVICED BY: .) in dusty conditions. An Emission ControlService. (See footnote?.I Short TriplCity Maintenance Schedule I 42.

Rotate tires.) DATE ACTUAL MILEAGE SERVICED BY: DATE ACTUAL MILEAGE SERVICED BY: 7-15 .Uses such as found in taxi. An Emission Control Service. (See footnote +. .I Short TripKity Maintenance Schedule I 50.In heavy city traffic wherethe outside temperature regularly reaches O F 90 (32 O C) or lugher. whichever occurs first).000 Miles (83 000 km) 0Change automatic transaxle fluid and filter if the vehicle is mainly driven under one or more of these conditions: . thefluidandfilter do not require changing.In hilly or mountainous terrain. . police or delivery service.When doing frequent trailer towing. See “Tire Inspection and Rotation” in the Index for proper rotation pattern and additional information.000 Miles (80 000 km) 0Change engine oil and filter (or every 3 months. 48. . If you do not use your vehicle under any of these conditions.

An Emission Control Service. I 3 1 Change engine oil and filter (or every 3 months. whichever occursfirst). Short TripKity Maintenance Schedule 54. See “Tire Inspectionand Rotation” in the Index for proper rotation pattern and additional information.000 Miles (85 000 km) Change engine oil and filter (or every 3 months. An Emission Control Service. (See footnote +. 0Rotate tires.I I 1 .) I I I DATE ACTUAL MILEAGE SERVICED BY: DATE MILEAGE ACTUAL SERVICED BY: L J 7-16 . whichever occursfirst).000 Miles (90 000 km) I 51.

000 Miles (95000 km) 0Change engine oil and filter (or every 3 months.) 0Replace air cleaner filter. 0Inspect engine accessory drive belt.000 Miles (100 000 km) 0Change engine oil and filter (or every 3 months. An Emission Control Service. An Emission Control Service.4L Code X engine only: Inspect camshaft timing belt.I Short TripKity Maintenance Schedule I 60. whichever occurs first). 57. (See footnote?. An Emission Control Service. An Emission Control Service. whichever occurs first). An Emission Control Service. DATE ACTUAL MILEAGE SERVICED BY: (Continued) n 4n . 0Vehicles with 3.

cap and lines for damage or leaks. Inspectfuel cap gasket for any damage.000 Miles (100 000 km) (Continued) 63. (See footnote +.I Short TriplCity Maintenance Schedule 60. whichever occurs first). 0Inspect fuel tank.) 0Rotate tires. An Emission Control Service. Replaceparts as needed. An Emission Control Service. (See footnote?.000 Miles (105 000 km) 0Change engine oil and filter (or every 3 months. See “Tire Inspection and Rotation” inthe Index for proper rotation pattern and additional information.) DATE SERVICED ACTUAL MILEAGE BY DATE SERVICED ACTUAL MILEAGE BY: n 4 n .

69. (See footnote +. whichever occurs first).000 Miles (110 000 km) 0Change engine oil and filter (or every 3 months. 7-19 . whichever occurs first). An Emission Control Service. An Emission Control Service.000 Miles (115 000 km) 0Change engine oil and filter (or every 3 months. See “Tire Inspection and Rotation’’ inthe Index for proper rotation pattern and additional information. 0Rotate tires.) DATE ACTUAL MILEAGE SERVICED BY: I DATE SERVICED ACTUAL MILEAGE BY: .I I I Short TripKity Maintenance Schedule I 66.

72.) 0Inspect air cleanerfilter if you are driving in dusty conditions. An Emission Control Service. whichever occursfirst).000 Miles (120 000 km) 0Change engine oil and filter (or every 3 months. An Emission Control Service.I Short TripKity Maintenance Schedule I 75. 0Rotate tires. Replacefilter if necessary.000 Miles (125 000 km) 0Change engine oil and filter (or every 3 months. An Emission Control Service. See “Tire Inspection and Rotation’’ in the Index for proper rotation pattern and additional information.) c1 Inspect camshaft timing belt. An Emission Control Service. (See footnote?. whichever occursfirst). d 1 ACTUAL MILEAGE SERVICED BY: 7-20 . (See footnote +.

An Emission Control Service. whichever occurs first).000 Miles (130 000 km) 0Change engine oil and filter (or every 3 months. See “Tire Inspection and Rotation” in the Index for proper rotation pattern and additional information. An Emission Control Service. whichever occurs first). 0Rotate tires.000 Miles (135 000 km) 0Change engine oil and filter (or every 3 months.) I DATE I ACTUALMILEAGE ISERVICED BY: DATE ACTUAL MILEAGE SERVICED BY: . (See footnote +. 81.I Short TripKity Maintenance Schedu 78.

0Rotate tires.) t 7-22 ACTUAL MILEAGE ISERVICED BY: DATEMILEAGE ACTUAL SERVICED BY: 1 . (See footnote +.I Short TripKity Maintenance Schedule I 87.000 Miles (145 000 km) 0Change engine oil and filter (or every 3 months. whichever occurs first). An Emission Control Sewice. See “Tire Inspection and Rotation” in the Index for proper rotation pattern and additional information. whichever occurs first). 84.000 Miles (140 000 km) 0Change engine oil and filter (or every 3 months. An Emission Control Sewice.

An Emission Control Service. (See footnote?.Short TripKity Maintenance Schedule 90.000 Miles (150 000 km) 0Change engine oil and filter (or every 3 months. Replace parts as needed. Inspect fuel tank. whichever occurs first). An Emission Control Service.) 17Rotate tires. (See footnote +. An Emission Control Service. Inspect fuel cap gasket for any damage. Inspect camshaft timing belt. An Emission Control Service.) 0Replace air cleaner filter.) DATE ACTUAL MILEAGE SERVICED BY: 7-23 . (See footnote ?. cap and lines for damage or leaks. See “Tire Inspection and Rotation” in the Index for proper rotation pattern and additional information.

93. 0Rotate tires. I 96. whichever occursfirst).000 Miles (160 000 km) Change engineoil and filter (or every 3 months. (See footnote +.000 Miles (155 000 km) 0Change engine oil and filter (or An Emission Control Service. whichever occursfirst). See “Tire Inspection and Rotation” in the Index for proper rotation pattern and additional information.) I 1 1 ACTUAL MILEAGE IL I DATE ACTUAL MILEAGE SERVICED BY: 7-24 . An Emission ControlService.I Short Trip/City Maintenance Schedule every 3 months.

000 Miles (165 000 km) 0Change engine oil and filter (or every 3 months.In heavy city traffic wherethe outside F temperature regularly reaches 90O (32°C) or higher. 0Change automatic transaxle fluid and filter if the vehicle is mainly driven under one or more of these conditions: . An Emission Control Service. 0Replace spark plugs. I DATE I ACTUAL MILEAGE ISERVICED BY: I (Continued) 7-25 . whichever occurs first). An Emission Control Service. 99.I Short TripKity Maintenance Schedule I 100.000 Miles (166 000 km) Inspect spark plug wires. An Emission Control Service.

Pressure test cooling system and pressure cap. Clean radiator.I Short Trip/City Maintenance Schedule . 100. Ifyou do not useyour vehicle under anyof these conditions. police or delivery service. whichever occurs first).000 Miles (166 000 km) (Continued) DATE ACTUAL MILEAGE 7-26 .See “Engine Coolant” in the Index for what to use.In hilly or mountainous terrain. .000 Miles (240 000 km) 0Drain. An Emission ControlService. not I 150. flush and refill cooling system (or every 60 months since last service. condenser. . Inspect hoses. thefluid andfilter do require changing.Uses such as found in taxi. pressure cap and neck.When doing frequent trailer towing.

(See footnote +. urge that all recommended maintenance services be performed at the indicated intervals and the maintenance be recorded.000 miles(240 000 km).500 Miles (12 500 km) The services shown in schedule upto 100.) Footnotes The U. Environmental Protection Agency the or California Air Resources Board has determined that the failure to perform this maintenance item will not nullify the emission warranty limit recall liability prior to the or completion of the vehicle’s useful life.S. See “Brake System Inspection” under “Periodic Maintenance Inspections’’in P r C of this schedule.000 miles(240 000 km) should be performed at the same interval after 150. however.1 Long Tripmighway Maintenance Schedule I 7. We.000 miles this (166 000 k ) m should be performed after 100. whichever occursfirst). The services shown m at at 150. Change engine oil and filter (or every 12 months. 0Rotate tires.000 miles (166 000 k ) the sameintervals. An Emission Control Service. See “Tire Inspection and Rotation’’ in the Index for proper rotation pattern and additionalinformation. time to check your brakes is during tire rotation. at + A good 7-27 .

See “Tire Inspection and Rotation” in the Index for proper rotation pattern and additional information.) I7 Rotate tires.000 Miles (25 000 km) Change engine oil and filter (or every 12 months. whicheveroccurs first). An Emission Control Sewice.ILong Tripmighway Maintenance Schedule 15. (See footnote+. 0Rotate tires. See “Tire Inspectionand Rotation” in the Index for proper rotation pattern andadditional information. 22. whichever occurs first).500 Miles (37 500 km) 0Change engineoil and filter (or every 12 months. An Emission ControlService. (See footnote +.) DATE I ACTUAL MILEAGE lsERvIcED BY:( 7-28 .

cap and lines for damage or leaks. whichever occursfirst). See “Tire Inspection and Rotation” in the Index for proper rotation pattern and additionalinformation. 0Rotate tires. whichever occurs first). See “Tire Inspection and Rotation” in the Index for proper rotation pattern and additional information.I LongTripmighwayMaintenanceSchedule I 30. An Emission Control Service. An Emission Control Service. 37.000 Miles (50 000 km) 0Change engine oil and filter (or every 12 months.) Replace air cleaner filter. Inspect fuel cap gasket for any damage.500 Miles (62 500 km) 0Change engine oil and filter (or every 12 months. An Emission Control Service.) 0Inspect fuel tank.) DATE ACTUAL MILEAGE SERVICED B Y DATE ACTUAL MILEAGE SERVICED B Y 7-29 . An Emission Control Service. (See footnote +. Replace parts as needed. (See footnote?. (See footnote +. 0Rotate tires.

thefluid andfilter not require changing. (See footnote +.In heavy city traffic where the outside temperature regularly reaches O F 90 (32°C) or higher.Uses such as foundin taxi.In hilly or mountainous terrain. . . I f you do not useyour vehicle under any of these conditions. do 0Rotate tires. whichever occurs first). . I 50. police or delivery service.Long Tripmighway Maintenance Schedule 45.When doing frequent trailer towing.000 Miles (75 000 km) Change engineoil and filter (or every 12 months. An Emission Control Service.000 Miles (83 000 km) 0Change automatic transaxle fluid and filter if the vehicle is mainly driven under one or more of these conditions: .) DATE SERVICED ACTUAL MILEAGE SERVICED BY: ACTUAL MILEAGE DATE BY: 7-30 . See “Tire Inspection and Rotation” in the Index for proper rotation pattern and additional information.

000 Miles (100 000 km) 0Change engine oil and filter (or every 12 months. (See footnote +.500 Miles (87 500 km) I7 Change engine oil and filter (or every 12 months. An EmissionControl Service. See “Tire Inspection and Rotation” in the Index for proper rotation pattern and additional information. whichever occursfirst). 0Rotate tires. See “Tire Inspection and Rotation” in the Index for proper rotation pattern and additional information.1 Long Tripmighway Maintenance Schedule 52. 60.) 0Rotate tires. whichever occurs first). ACTUAL MILEAGE 1 SERVICED BY: (Continued) R 31 . (See footnote +. An Emission Control Service.) 0Inspect engine accessory drive belt. An Emission Control Service.

0Vehicles with 3. Inspect fuel cap gasket for any damage. See “Tire Inspection and Rotation’’ in the Index proper rotation for pattern and additional information. (See footnote?.) Rotate tires. cap and lines for damage or leaks. 0Inspect fuel tank. An Emission Control Service.) DATE MILEAGE ACTUAL SERVICED BY DATE MILEAGE ACTUAL SERVICED BY . (See footnote?.(g Tripmighway Maintenance Schedul&l 60. whichever occursfirst).4L Code X engine only: Inspect camshaft timing belt.500 Miles (112 500 km) 0Change engine oil andfilter (or every 12 months. Replaceparts as needed.000 Miles (100 000 km) (Continued) 67. An Emission Control Service. An Emission Control Service. (See footnote +. An Emission Control Service.) 0Replace air cleaner filter.

82. 0Rotate tires.) I I I 3 DATE MILEAGE ACTUAL SERVICED BY: DATE ACTUAL MILEAGE SERVICED BY: n aa . 0Inspect camshaft timing belt. whichever occurs first). An Emission Control Service. whichever occursfirst). An Emission Control Service.Long TripEIighway Maintenance Schedule 75. (See footnote +.000 Miles (125 000 km) 0Change engine oil and filter (or every 12 months.) 0Rotate tires. An Emission Control Service.500 Miles (137 500 km) 0Change engine oil and filter (or every 12 months. See “Tire Inspection and Rotation” in the Index for proper rotation pattern and additionalinformation. (See footnote +. See “Tire Inspection and Rotation” in the Index for proper rotation pattern and additional information.

) 0Rotate tires. 0Inspect fuel tank. See “Tire Inspection and Rotation” in the Index for proper rotation pattern and additional information. whichever occursfirst). An Emission Control Service.) 0Inspect camshaft timing belt. Inspectfuel cap gasket for any damage. (See footnote?. 0Replace air cleaner filter.000 Miles (150 000 km) 0Change engine oil and filter (or every 12 months. An Emission Control Service. cap and lines for damage or leaks.Long Tripmighway Maintenance Schedule 90. (See footnote T.) DATE ACTUAL MILEAGE SERVICED BY: 7-34 . Replace partsas needed. (See footnote +. An Emission ControlService. An Emission Control Service.

0Rotate tires.) 0Change automatic transaxle fluid and filter if the vehicle is mainly driven under one or more of these conditions: . An Emission Control Service.In heavy city traffic where the outside temperature regularly reaches 90 O F (32°C) or higher.500 Miles (162 500 km) 0Change engine oil and filter (or every 12 months. An Emission Control Service. whichever occurs first).000 Miles (166 000 km) 0Inspect spark plug wires. An Emission Control Service. 100. 0Replace spark plugs.Long Tripmighway Maintenance Schedule 97. See “Tire Inspection and Rotation” in the Index for proper rotation pattern and additional information. t ACTUAL MILEAGE SERVICED BY: I I (Continued) . (See footnote +.

An Emission Control Service.In hilly or mountainous terrain.Long Tripmighway Maintenance Schedule 100. Clean radiator. flush and refill cooling system (or every60 months since last service. Pressure test the cooling system and pressure cap.000 Miles (240 000 km) 0Drain. do I I I 1 DATE MILEAGE ACTUAL SERVICED BY: DATE MILEAGE ACTUAL SERVICED BY: 7-36 .When doing frequent trailer towing. .000 Miles (166 000 km) (Continued) . delivery service. condenser.Uses such as found in taxi. thefluid andfilter not require changing. I f you do not useyour vehicle under any of these conditions. See “Engine Coolant” in the Index for what to use. pressure cap and neck. . Inspect hoses. police or 150. whichever occurs first).

make sure they the proper ones. Cassette Deck Service Clean cassette deck. as shown are in Part D. At Least Oncea Month Tire Inflation Check Make sure tires are inflated to the correct pressures. Windshield Washer Fluid Level Check Check the windshield washer fluid level in the if windshield washer tank and add the proper fluid necessary.Part B: Owner Checks and Services Listed below are owner checks and services which should be performedat the intervals specified to help ensure the safety. See “Engine Oil” in the Indexfor further details. Engine Oil Level Check Check theengine oil level andadd the proper oilif necessary. See “Tires” in the Index for further details. 7-37 . At Each FuelFill It isimportantfor you or a service station attendant to perform these underhood checks at each fuel fill. See “Windshield Washer Fluid” in the Index for further details. Whenever anyfluids or lubricants are added to your vehicle.Cleaning should be done every 50 hours of tape play. See “Audio Systems” in the Index for further details. See “Engine Coolant” in the Index for further details. Engine Coolant Level Check Check theengine coolant level and add DEX-COOL@ coolant mix if necessary. Be sure any necessary repairs are completed at once. dependability and emission control performance of your vehicle.

P r D tells you what to use.) corrosive environment.At Least Twicea Year Restraint System Check Automatic Transaxle Check Check the transaxle fluid level. rearcompartment. buckles. If Lubricate the key lock cylinders with lubricant the you see anything that might keep a safety belt or built-inspecified in P r D. Cleaning” in the Index.See “Automatic Transaxle”in the Index. including [nose the for hood. Lookfor any other loose or damaged Key Lock Cylinders Service safety belt and built-in child restraint system parts. glove box door and the console Also look for any opened or broken air bag coverings. for Replace blade inserts that appear worn or damaged or that streakor m i s s areas of the windshield. also periodically make sure harness straps. Make sure the safety belt reminder light and all your belts. buckle. the latch plates. latch plates.Also see “Wiper Blades. More frequent at and have them repaired or replaced. clip. retractors and anchorages are working properly. door. have it repaired.A fluid loss may indicate a problem. (The air bagsystem lubrication may be required when exposed to a does not need regularmaintenance. retractors and anchorages are working properly. Lubricate all hinges and latches. If your vehicle has a built-in child At Least Oncea Year restraint. Haveany torn or frayed safety belts or harness Body Lubrication Service straps replaced. Check the system and repair if needed. add if needed. Wiper Blade Check Inspect wiper blades wear or cracking. at child restraint system from doing itsjob. 7-38 .

turn the key to RUN position. NOTE: Do not usethe accelerator pedal. It should be parked a on level surface. Try to start the engine in each gear. Before you start. Follow the steps below. 2. and be ready to turn off the engine immediately if it starts. If does. Withoutapplying the regular brake. you or others could be it injured. 2. 1. be sure you have enough room around the vehicle. Before you start. 7-39 . 1. If does. Follow the steps below. the vehicle could move suddenly. 3. /h CAUTIC’ I When you are doing this check. The starter should work only in PARK (P) or NEUTRAL (N). try to move the shift lever of out PARK (P) with normal effort. be sure you have enough room around the vehicle.If the shift lever moves outof PARK (P). you or others could be it injured. If the starter works in any other position. With the engine off. NOTE: Be ready to apply the regular brake immediately if the vehicle begins to move. but don’t start the engine.Starter Switch Check Brake-Transaxle Shift Interlock (BTSI) Check 7 When you are doing this check. your vehicle needs service. your vehicle’s BTSI needs service. Firmly apply both the parking brake (see “Parking Brake” in the Index if necessary) and the regular brake. the vehicle could move suddenly. Firmly apply theparking brake (see “Parking Brake” in the Index if necessary). the 3.

You or others could be injured and property could be damaged. Parking Brake and Automatic Transaxle PARK (P) Mechanism Check Park on a fairly steep hill. At least every spring. with the vehicle facing downhill. slowly remove foot pressure from the regular brake pedal. Be ready to apply the regular brake at once should thevehicle begin to move. your vehicle could begin to move. To check the parking brake’s holding ability: With the engine running and transaxle in NEUTRAL (N). Do this until the vehicle is held by the parking brake only. set the parking brake. and with the parking brake try to turn set. Make sure thereis room infront of your vehicle in case it begins to roll. To check the PARK (P) mechanism’s holding ability: With the engine running. the ignition key to LOCK in each shift lever position. The key should turn to LOCK only when the shift lever is inPARK (P). The key should come out only in LOCK. 7-40 . Take care to clean thoroughly any areas where mud and other debris can collect. Underbody Flushing Service When you are doing this check. Keeping your foot on the regular brake. shift to PARK (P).Ignition Transaxle Lock Check While parked. Then release all brakes. use plain water to flush any corrosive materials from the underbody.

Suspension and Front Drive Axle and for damaged or missing parts. swollen or deteriorated. Replace seals if necessary. holes. Inspect other brake parts. Lookfor broken. Also inspect drum brake linings for wear and cracks. wheel cylinders. 7-41 . looseconnections or other conditions which could cause a heatbuild-up in the floor pan could let or exhaust fumes into the vehicle. Check parking brake adjustment.Clean and then inspect the drive axle boot seals for damage. calipers. fittings and clamps. Proper procedures to perform these services maybe found in a GM service manual. Radiator and Heater Hose Inspection Inspect thehoses and have them replacedif they are cracked. Throttle Linkage Inspection Inspect the throttle linkage interference or binding. signsof wear or lack lubrication. Inspect discbrake pads for wear and rotors for surface condition. etc. Inspect the body near the exhaust system. Brake System Inspection Inspect thecomplete system. tears or leakage. cracks. See “Engine Exhaust” in the Index. Steering. each spring and fall).You may need to have your brakes inspected more often if your driving habits or conditions resultin frequent braking. damaged. chafing. leaks. Inspect all pipes. cracks.Do not lubricate accelerator and cruise control cables. chafing. Inspect brake lines and hoses for proper hook-up. loose or missing parts.Part C: Periodic Maintenance Inspections Listed below are inspections and services which should be performed at least twice a year (for instance. replace as needed. missing or out-of-position parts as well as openseams. binding.Replace parts as needed. etc. Inspectthe power steering of lines andhoses for proper hook-up. Replace any cables that have high effort or Boot and Seal Inspection Inspect the front and rear suspension and steering system for damaged. for excessive wear. parking brake. including drums. Make sure any necessary repairs are completed at once. binding. leaks. Exhaust System Inspection Inspect thecomplete exhaust system. etc.You should let your GM dealer’s service department or other qualified service center do these jobs.See “Service and Owner Publications” inthe Index.

1052884 .1 pint. Multi-Purpose lubricant. Hydraulic Brake Delco Supreme 11 Brake Fluid System (GM Part No. @ USAGE Engine Oil FLUIDLUBRICANT Engine oil with the American Petroleum Institute Certified For Gasoline Engines “Starburst” symbol of the proper viscosity. or equivalent).1 quart. Superlube@ (GM Part No. part number or specification may obtained from your be GM dealer. 12377967 or equivalent DOT-3 brake fluid). Engine Coolant 50/50 mixture of clean water (preferably distilled) and use only GM Goodwrench@ DEX-COOL@ or Havoline@ DEX-COOL@ coolant. 1051515) or eauivalent. Power Steering System Automatic Transaxle Key Lock Cylinders Windshield Washer Solvent GM Power Steering Fluid (GM Part No. GM Optikleen@ Washer Solvent (GM Part No. 7-42 . 12346241 or equivalent). USAGE Coolant Supplement Sealer FLUIDLUBRICANT GM Part No. DEXRON@-I11 Automatic Transmission Fluid. see “Engine Oil” in the Index. See “Engine Coolant” in the Index. To determine the preferred viscosity for your vehicle’s engine.Part D: Recommended Fluids and Lubricants NOTE: Fluids and lubricants identified below by name. 3634621 or equivalent with a complete flush and refill. 1050017 .

12346293 or equivalent) or lubricant meeting requirements of NLGI # 2. Weatherstrip Conditioning Dielectric Silicone Grease (GM Part No. 1050109). See “Replacement Parts” in the Index for recommended replacement filters and spark plugs. Category LB or GC-LB.USAGE Hood Latch Assembly. Spring Anchor and Release Pawl Hood and Door Hinges FLUID/LUBRICANT Lubriplate lubricant aerosol (GM Part No. 7-43 . 12345579or equivalent). Multi-purpose lubricant. Superlube@ (GM Part No. 12346241 or euuivalent). Pivots. USAGE FLUID/LUBRICANT Fuel Door Hinge Engine oil or Lubriplate Lubricant (GM Part No.

odometer reading and who performed the service maintenance receipts.Your owner information portfolio in the boxes provided after maintenance interval. the is aconvenient place to store them. record the are the following record pages.Any additional informationfrom “Owner Checks and Services” or “Periodic Maintenance” can added on be After the scheduled services performed. Part E: Maintenance Record Maintenance Record DATE ODOMETER SERVICED READING BY MAINTENANCE PERFORMED 7-44 . you should retain all date. Also.

Maintenance Record 7-45 .

~~ Maintenance Record 7-46 .

Maintenance Record


Maintenance Record


Section 8 Customer Assistance Information
Here you will find how to contactChevrolet if you need assistance.This section also tells you how to obtain out service publications and how report any safety defects. to 8-2 8-4 8-5 8-7 8-8 8-9 Customer Satisfaction Procedure Customer Assistance for Text Telephone (TTY) Users Chevrolet/Geo Roadside Assistance Program Canadian Roadside Assistance Courtesy Transportation GM Participationin an Alternative Dispute Resolution Program 8- 10 8- 10 8-11 8-11 8-11 Warranty Information Reporting Safety Defects to the United States Government Reporting Safety Defects to the Canadian Government Reporting Safety Defects to General Motors Ordering Service and Owner Publications in Canada


Customer Satisfaction Procedure

Chevrolet dealershave the facilities, trained technicians and up-to-date information to promptly address any concerns you may have. However, ifconcern has not a been resolvedto your complete satisfaction, take the following steps:

STEP ONE -- Discuss yourconcern with a member of dealership management. Normally, concerns can be quickly resolved at that level. matter has If the already been reviewed with the sales, service or parts manager, contact the owner the dealership or of the General Manager.


STEP TWO -- If after contacting a member of
dealership management, it appears your concern cannot be resolved by the dealership without further help, contact the Chevrolet Customer Assistance Center by calling 1-800-222-1020. In Canada, contact GM of Canada Customer Communication Centre in Oshawa by calling 1-800-263-3777 (English) or 1-800-263-7854 (French). For help outsideof the United States and Canada, call the following numbers as appropriate: In Mexico: (525) 625-3256 In Puerto Rico: 1-800-496-9992 (English) or 1-800-496-9993 (Spanish)

In the U S . Virgin Islands: 1-800-496-9994

In the Dominican Republic: 1-800-751-4135 (English) or 1-800-751-4136 (Spanish)
In the Bahamas: 1-800-389-0009 In Bermuda, Barbados, Antigua and the British Virgin Islands: 1-800-534-0 122 In all other Caribbean countries: (809) 763-1315 In other overseas locations, call GM International Product Center in Canada at: (905) 644-4112.


For prompt assistance, please have the following information available to give the Customer Assistance Representative:

Refer to your Warranty and Owner Assistance Information bookletfor addresses of GM Overseas offices. When contacting Chevrolet, please remember that your concern will likely be resolved in the dealership, using the dealer’s facilities, equipment and personnel. That is why we suggest you follow Step One first if you have a concern.


0 0

Your name, address,home and business telephone numbers Vehicle Identification Number (This available is from the vehicle registrationor title, orthe plate at the top leftof the instrument panel and visible through the windshield.) Dealership name and location Vehicle deliverydate and present mileage Nature of concern

Customer Assistance for Text Telephone (TTY) Users
To assist customers who are deaf, hardhearing, or of speech-impaired and who use Text Telephones (TTYs), Chevrolet has TTY equipment available its Customer at Assistance Center. Any TTY user communicate with can Chevrolet by dialing: 1-800-833-CHEV. (TTY users in Canada can dial1-800-263-3830.)

We encourage you to call us so we can give your inquiry prompt attention. However, you wish to write if Chevrolet, address your inquiry to: Chevrolet MotorDivision Chevrolet Customer Assistance Center P.O. Box 7047 Troy, MI 48007-7047

In Canada, write to: General Motors of Canada Limited Customer Communication Centre, 163-005 1908 Colonel Sam Drive Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7


ChevroletIGeo Roadside Assistance Program

Roadside Assistance is available 24 hours a day, 365 days a year,by calling 1-800-CHEV-USA (1-800-243-8872). This toll-free number will provide you over-the-phone roadside assistance with minor mechanical problems. If your problemcannot be resolved over the phone, our advisors have access to a nationwide network of dealer recommended service providers. Roadside membership free, however some is services may incur costs.



Roadside offers two levels service to the customer, of Basic Care and Courtesy” Care: Toll-free number, 1-800-CHEV-USA


Free towing for warranty repairs Basic over-the-phone technical advice Available dealer services at reasonable costs (ie., wrecker services,locksmithkey service, glass repair, etc.)

W ‘
To enhance Chevrolet’s strongcommitment to customer satisfaction, Chevrolet is excited toannounce the establishment of the Chevrolet/Geo Roadside Assistance Center. As the owner of a 1997 Chevrolet/Geo, membership in Roadside Assistance is free.


ROADSIDE CourtesyTM Care PROVIDES: 0 Roadside Basic Care services (as outlined above) Plus: FREE Non-Warranty Towing (to the closest dealer from a legal roadway) FREE LocksmitWKey Service (when keys lost are on the road or locked inside) FREE Flat Tire Service (spare installed on the road) FREE Jump Start (at home onthe road) or FREE Fuel Delivery($5 of fuel delivered on the road) 0 0 Chevrolet/Geo offers Courtesy Transportationfor customers needing warranty service. Chevrolet reserves the right to modify or discontinue Basic Care and Courtesy Care at any time. of whichever occurs first. AllCourtesy Care services must be pre-arranged by Chevrolet Roadsideor dealer Service Management. (Please see your selling dealer for details. Courtesy Transportation will be offered in conjunction with the coverage provided by the Bumper to Bumper New Vehicle Limited Warrantyto eligible purchasers of 1997 ChevroletIGeo passenger and light duty car trucks.000 miles (60 O00 km). 0 0 0 8-6 . Basic Care and Courtesy Careare not part of or included in the coverage provided by the New Vehicle Limited Warranty.) Note: Courtesy Care is available to Retail and Retail Lease Customers operating 1997 and newer ChevroletlGeo vehicles for a period 3 years/36.

For complete program details. For prompt assistance whencalling. Canadian Roadside Assistance Vehicles purchasedin Canada have an extensive Roadside Assistance program accessible from anywhere in Canada or the United States. see your Chevrolet/Geo dealer to obtain a Roadside Assistance Center brochure. The Roadside Assistance Center uses companies that will provide you with quality and priority service. Please refer to the separate brochure provided the dealeror call by 1-800-268-6800 for emergency services. Vehiclelocation Telephone number where youcan be reached Vehicle mileage Description of problem 0 8-7 . please have the following available to give to the advisor: Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) License plate number Vehiclecolor 0 Please refer to the Roadside Assistance brochure inside your owner information portfolio for full program details. When roadside services are required. our advisors will explain any payment obligations that may be incurred for utilizing outside services.

For additional program details.) in lieu of In Canada. Courtesy Transportation will be offered in conjunction with the coverage provided by the Bumper to Bumper New Vehicle Limited Warranty to retail purchasers of 1997 ChevroletlGeopassenger cars and light duty trucks (pleasesee your selling dealer for details). OR up Up to $10 daily fuel allowance for rides provided by another person (i.please consult your dealer for GM rental for any Overnight warranty repair up to five days. Chevrolet will reimburseup to $30/day for documented transportation you receive. Note: All Courtesy Transportation arrangements will be administered by your ChevroletlGeo dealer service management. contact your Chevrolet/Geo dealer. Courtesy Transportation includes: 0 One way shuttle ride for any warranty repair completed during the same day. etc. friend. ChevroletlGeo reserves the right to make any changes or discontinue Courtesy Transportation at any time without notification.Claim amounts should reflect all actual costs. Some state insurance regulations make it impractical to rent vehicles to people under 21 years age.. If you are of under 21 and have difficulty renting a vehicle. Please consult your dealer for details. bus or other transportation allowance in lieu of rental for any overnight warranty repair to five days. For warranty repairs during the Complete Vehicle Coverage period in the New Vehicle Limited Warranty. 0 8-8 . interim transportationmay be available under the Courtesy TransportationProgram. neighbor.Courtesy Transportation Chevrolet/Geo offers Courtesy Transportation for customers needing warranty service. Chevrolet/Geo Courtesy Transportation is not part of the Bumper to Bumper New Vehicle Limited Warranty. information on Courtesy Transportation.e. 0 Up to $30 maximum daily vehicle rental allowance OR for any overnight warranty repair up to five days. Roadside Assistance program The is available only in the United States and Canada. Up to $30 maximum daily cab.

the Customer Satisfaction Procedure described earlier inthis section is very successful. Inc. you may contact the BBB using the toll-free telephone number. if a situation arises where you feel your concern has not been adequately addressed. Chevrolet voluntarily participates in BBB AUTO LINE. 4200 Wilson Boulevard Suite 800 Arlington. and other factors.GM Participation in an Alternative Dispute Resolution Program This program is available in all 50 states and the District of Columbia. 8-9 . Both Chevrolet and your Chevrolet dealer are committed to making sure you are completely satisfied with your new vehicle. This program is available free of charge to customers who currently own or lease a GM vehicle. your Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) and a statement the natureof your complaint. If you are not satisfied after following the Customer Satisfaction Procedure. VA 22203-1804 Telephone: 1-800-955-5100 To file a will beasked to provide your name and address. or write them at the following address: BBB AUTO LINE Council of Better Business Bureaus. Our experience has shown that. of Eligibility is limited by vehicle age and mileage. BBB AUTO LINE is an out-of-court program administered by the Better Business Bureau system to settle automotive disputes. To assist in resolving these disagreements. There may be instances where an impartial third party can assist in arriving at a solution todisagreement a regarding vehicle repairs interpretation of the New or Vehicle Limited Warranty.General Motors reserves the right to change eligibility limitations and/or to discontinue its participation in this program. Canadian owners refer to your Warranty and Owner Assistance Information booklet for information on theCanadian Motor Vehicle Arbitration Plan (CAMVAP).

NHTSA. may open an it investigation. D. NHTSA cannot become involved Some state lawsmay require you to use this program before filing a claim with a state-run arbitration program in individual problems between you. If GM will be bound by that decision. The BBB will attempt to resolve thecomplaint serving as an intermediary. However. but you may contact theBBB at any time. Hotline toll-free at 1-800-424-9393 (or 366-0123 in the Washington. you accept the decision. in addition to notifying General Motors. D. If this mediation is unsuccessful. your dealer or or in the courts. you may either call the Auto Safety Assistance Center at 1-800-222. 8-10 . informal hearing will an be scheduled where eligiblecustomers may present their case to an impartial third-party arbitrator.1020. is REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS TO THE UNITED STATES GOVERNMENT If you believe that your vehicle a defect which could has cause a crash or could cause injury or death. The entire dispute resolution procedure should ordinarily take about 40 days from the time you file a claim until a decision made. area) or write to: Warranty Information Your vehicle comes with a separate warranty booklet that contains detailed warranty information. it may order a recall and remedy campaign. andif it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles. you should immediately inform the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA). Department of Transportation Washington. 20590 You can also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety from the Hotline. BBB at 1-800-955-5100 or the Chevrolet Customer To contact NHTSA. For further information. contact the General Motors. If NHTSA receives similar complaints. The arbitrator will make a decision which you may accept or reject.C.C.S. U.We prefer you utilize the Customer Satisfaction Procedure before you resort to AUTO LINE.

you should immediately notify Transport Canada. You may write to: Transport Canada Box 8880 Ottawa.O.REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS TO THE CANADIAN GOVERNMENT If you live in Canada. Ontario KlG 352 In Canada. and you believe that your vehicle has a safety defect. The toll-free telephone numberfor ordering information in Canada is 1-800-668-5539. pleasecall us at 1-800-263-3777 (English) or 1-800-263-7854 (French). we certainly hope you’ll notify us. Please call us at 1-800-222-1020 or write: Chevrolet Motor Division Chevrolet CustomerAssistance Center addition to notifying General Motors of Canada Limited. OntarioLlH 8P7 Ordering Service and Owner Publications in Canada Service manuals. owner’s manuals and other service literature are available for purchase for all current and past model General Motors vehicles. service bulletins. 163-005 1908 Colonel Sam Drive Oshawa. Or. REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS TO GENERAL MOTORS In addition to notifying NHTSA(or Transport Canada) in a situation like this. Box 7047 Troy. write: General Motorsof Canada Limited Customer CommunicationCentre. Michigan 48007-7047 8-11 .

suspension. specify year and model name of the vehicle. transmission. transaxles and transfer cases.00 Without Portfolio: Owner’s Manual only. of . TRANSAXLE. in it or credit card information to Helm.00 CURRENT & PAST MODEL ORDER FORMS SERVICE BULLETINS Service Publications are available for current and past Service Bulletins give technical service information neededmodel GM vehicles.00 In-Portfolio: Includes a Portfolio. Schedule for all models. etc. RETAIL SELL PRICE: $90. axle.1997 CHEVROLET/GEO SERVICE PUBLICATIONS ORDERING INFORMATIO The following publications covering the operation servicing of your vehicle be purchased by filling out and can the Service Publication Order Form this book and mailing in with your check. Each bulletin contains instructions to assist in the diagnosis and service your vehicle. Incorporated (address below) CURRENT PUBLlCAmONSFOR 1997 CHEVROLET/GEO OWNER’S INFORMATION SERVICE MANUALS Service Manuals have the diagnosis and repair information Owner publications are written directly for Owners and intended to provide basic operational information about the on engines. steering. please to knowledgeably service General Motors cars and trucks. To request an order form. vehicle. RETAIL SELL PRICE:$15. Owner’s Manual and Warranty Booklet.body. RETAIL SELL PRICE: $1 0. brakes. The owner’s manual will include the Maintenance electrical. money order. adjustments and specifications for the 1997 GM transmissions. TRANSFER CASE UNIT REPAIR MANUAL This manual provides information on unit repair service procedures.00 TRANSMISSION. RETAIL SELL PRICE:$40.

To cover Canadian postage.NOTE: Dealers and Companies please provide dealer or company name. Mail completed order form to: HELM. and also the name of the person to whose attention the shipment should be sent. Allow ample time for delivery.S. Box 07130 Detroit.A.S. add $11. INCORPORATED P.O. MI 48207 For purchases outside U. (STATE) 0 AREA CODE ~ ~~~ I GM-CHE-ORD97 *(Prices are subject to change without notice and without incurring obligation. Canadian residents U. please write to the above address for quotation. BOX NUMBERS) CODE) (ZIP D A W ' " TELEPHONE NO.) Note to Canadian Customers: All listed prices are quoted in funds. are to make checks payable in US. (CUSTOMER'S (ATTENTION) NAME) (STREET ADDRESS-NO P.50 plus the U. order processing. .S.O. funds.

& NOTES 8-14 .

. .. 4. ..... ....... ... .......... Tips .... . 2-41 Audio Controls.. .. . .... ... ... 6-18 Transaxle Operation . ..... .. . . .. ....... .. . .. ....... 1-20 Aircleaner ... .. . ... . ... .. ...... ....... 1-24 1-22 How it Works ... ....... . .... .. . Antenna. .. . .9 Brake System Warning Light..... ..... ... . .. . . . .. 1-25 What Makes it Inflate . ... . ........... ..... ... . ... Fixed Mast .. ..... ... ...... . 8-9 Armrest... . .......... . . ..... ..... ... 5-3 Replacement. 3.. . 1-20 How Does it Restrain ........52. .. .. . ... ....... .. ..... 2-8 Saver . .0 Section 9 Index Arbitration Program ... .. ... ... . ... . . . . Remote Keyless Entry.... .... . . 2-37 Warnings ... .... . .. ....... . .. .. ..... .... .. . ..... . . ... . ...... . ... ..... .... . 6-47 Appearance Care Materials . ... .... . Location .. . ..... ... .... ..... .... 2-27 Automatic Overdrive ....... .. ....... . ..... 6-38 Battery . 5. ..... ..... .... . ... . . . . .... .. .. . ......... .... .. .. .... ..... .. . .. . ..... ............ .. ........53.. .. 1-24 When Should it Inflate .. ... .. .... . .. ..... 2.... ..... ... . .. . . .. .. .. .. ... . . . ....... ..... .. Radio .. . ... 6-31 Jump Starting . . ... . . . ... .. .... . ..3.... ...... .... ...50 Servicing ... . . .. .. ... . .. .. ... 2-39 Ashtrays ... ...... ... ..... .... . . .... .. .. . ... . . ... ... . . ....... . . . ... 1. . 8-9 Adding Equipment to the Outside Your Vehicle ......... . 3-6 Auto-Down Window .. .Storage . . .. .4... . .. . . .... . ..... ..... .. ..... .. . . . .15 Appearancecare . .21. 3-3 Air Conditioning Refrigerants ...... ... .. 5.... .. . .... . .. ... . ...... ... .. ... ... .... 2.... ...... . .... . ... . . . .. .......... .. . . . 6-66 Alignment and Balance. . .... 2-16 Auxiliary Power Connection . ...... ...... . ... . ...... 6-22 Anti-Lock Brake System Active Light ... 2-42 B a c k . . . .. .. .. 6-17 AirConditioning ... .......... . 8-9 Better Business Bureau Mediation........ . .......Theft. .. . . .8 Brakes . .. .... ..... .. ... 6-3 of AirBag . 3-20 Antifreeze . 4-7 Anti.... 1-23 AirBagSystem .. .... .. . ... .......... ... 1-23 What Will You See After it Inflates ...... ...... .. .. Tire .. .. ... . ... ..... ......... Steering Wheel Controls . . ..... ... .... 3-18 Audio Systems . . .. 6-45 6-53 Aluminum Wheels.. ... .... . . . . .. ... . . ... .. .... . ......... .... ........ .. .. .. ..... ..... . Cleaning ..... ........ ........ . . 6-55 9-1 . .....5 BBB Auto Line ... ... Adding .. ..... ........ 2-18 Transaxlecheck . 3-17 3-19 Audio Equipment.. .. . . . ... .. Audio System. ........... .... .. ... .. .... .... ........... ... . 7-38 Transaxle Fluid . .. ... ...... .. .... ..... .. . 2. ...... .... .. ...u p Lamp Bulb Replacement .... . ........ 1-22 Readiness Light . . .... ... . ..

9-2 .

............. .. 4-37 On Hill and Mountain Roads ..... 3-5 Defrosting ...... ... .... .. 3.... 6-54 6-54 2-34 Daytime Running Lamps ......... 6-4 4-17 IntheRain ........ ..... . ............. . .. . . . ... ... ......... . ........ ... ....Engine ..... ........ ........ ............... 2-41 Convex Outside Mirror .... Sheet Metal ..... .......... ... ... ...... .............. 4-15 OnCurves . 1-12 Driving City ............ .... ............. 4-10 On Grades While Towing a Trailer .... ... 4-2 Defogger.. 3-14 ... 5-17 WhattoUse . ................ ........... ............. .............. . . . 2..... 4-3 DrunkenDriving ..... .....2......... .. ................ ..... 8. ........ .........1 Compact Disc Care .. 5-15 Courtesy Lamps ...... ..... ....... ........ ... .......... ......... 4-21 InaBlizzard . 5-35 Console Storage ............... 4-19 WetRoads ..... ..... ........... 3-2 Clock. ......................... .... ... ........ ......... ...... ... ....... ............ ....... ............... DeadBattery ..... .........40 .... Door Storage Compartment ..... ..... ............. . ........... ................... . .......12 Compact Disc Player Errors ...... ....... 4-26 Throughwater .. .. . . ....... ..... ........ .. ........... ........ 4-20 Defensive .... ............... ...... ..... ...... .. 5-3 Defects. .... . .... ........ ... .... .. ....... Bleedvalves .... .. ............................. 3-11 Dome Lamp Bulb Replacement ..Vehicle ............. .......... ........ 2-39 Coolant ...... Rear Window .... . ........ .... 6-22 6-24 Adding ........... .. ........ 8-10 Defensive Driving ................... . ..... .... . ...... ... ..... Cruise Control ......... .... .......... . ...... ..... ................ .... 2-3 1 Cupholders ...... ................. . 2-35 8-8 Courtesy Transportation ..... Night ....... .......... 2-19 DriverPosition .......... . ..... 3-20 Compact Disc Player . . 3-6 Comfort Controls .................. .... ... .. . 6-53 Windshield and Wiper Blades ...... ........ 6-52 Climate Control System .. 2-40 Drive Position. ......... ...... ........ ........... ............... ... ....... 8-2 Damage........ 4-23 On Snow and Ice .......... ...... .... ........... ... ... . ....... Setting the . . ... ... ............ ............. .................. ..... ..... .......... . 3.. .. 4-6 ConvenienceNet ......... .........Wheels ........... ................. Compact Spare Tire ....... 4-35 With a Trailer ........... 6-66 Dolby@B Noise Reduction ........ . . . ... . ....................... ..... Reporting Safety ........... .... . ... ..... ......... ................. 6-38 2-4 DoorLocks .. ................... .... 6-24 Heater......... ..... Finish . .................................. . ........................... . ............... 4-17 4-25 Winter . ....... 5-21 Checking ...... .... .... ... ......39.. ... 3-5 Dimensions..... . ... 4-3 Freeway ............ .... 8-4 Customer Assistance Information . 2-40 Control of a Vehicle .... ........ ................ Damage. .. ... ... 4-27 In Foreign Countries ................ ....... 6-22 Cooling System . . Automatic Transaxle ... ...................... 2-15 RecoveryTank .. ........ .. .. .. .. ....... ...1 Customer Satisfaction Procedure . . .................... Customer Assistance for Text Telephone Users ......... . ..... .... .. ...... 4-2 Drunken ................ 3-5 Defogging ...... ..... ..... .. .... ........ ...... ......... .....

..13 Whentochange .. . .... ... . ....... ... . ... . .. ... .... . . . 3-2 Frangais Filling Your Tank ... .. ... . . ... . .... ... . . . .. . ... . . . .. . .. . ... . 6-53 Finish Damage ...... .... . . . . ... ... . .... ... .... . ... .. . .. .. . . . .. . . ... ... . .. . . .... . . . .. .. .... .. . .. . .. . .. . .. . . ..... 6. .. .. .. . .. .... .. .... ... . . 2.. ....... . . .... .. . . . ..... . ... ..6. ...... . ..... . . . . . . .... ... 4-30 9-4 ... ..... . . . .. ... . . .... .. . ..2-53 Exhaust ... .. ... Changing . . . . . . . . . .. . . .... ... . . . .. . .. . 2. .. . . .. . ... ... . . . 6-22 Coolant Heater ...... . ... . . . . .... .. .... ... . Automatic Transaxle ..... . ... ... 2-25 Exterior Lamps . . . .. . . . .. . . . ..... ... . . . .. ... . . .... Engine Oil .. ..... .. .. .. . 6-48 6-49 FabricProtection . . . .. .... ... 1-3 ..... .. . . . . . .. . . ... . .... .. .. . . 7-42 Foreign Countries.... .... . . ... .. . ... .. .... ... .... ... . . ... . ... ... .....6-16 Finish Care .. ... . .. ... .. . . ..... . . .. . .. .... . ... . .... .. . . ... . . . .. . 2-60 In Foreign Countries . ... . ... . .. ... .... . 2-39 4-30 Gross Axle Weight Rating .. . Exhaust. .. .. . .. .... ..... .. . .... . ... . . . . . .. . .. . .. . ... .. .. 6-16 What Kind to Use... . .. . .. . .. 6.. . . .7-37 Overheating ....... .. . . . 5-10 Front Turn Signal Bulb Replacement . ..... . .. . .. . .... . . . .. ... .. .. . .. ... . .. .5-24 FloorMats .... .. .. . .. ... . . . 5-2 Flat Tire. 2-26 Specifications ..Electrical Equipment. .. ... . .. .. . . .. ... .3-2 Engine ... . .... .. .... .... 6-65 Starting Your .... .. ... . .. ... .. . .... ... 4-30 ... . ... . . ..... .. Climate Control System . .. .. . . ... . . 6-4 Fuses and Circuit Breakers ... . .... . ... . . . . FrenchLanguageManual . .. Gross Vehicle Weight Rating . 11 Front Parking Bulb Replacement .. .. ... ........ .. . .. .. . ... . . . . .. .. . ...... .Air . .. .. 6-3 Filling Your Tank ... . .. . ... .. ..2-20 Flashers.... . . . . ...... ....... . . .. .. . 6.. ... .. . 2-25 Identification . .. .. . . . . ... . .. . ... ... . 11 Guide en GVWR .11 Adding . ... .... . 6-4 Four-Way Manual Front Seat .. ... . .. . . ...... . . .... ..... ... .. . .. .......... . .. . Automatic Transaxle . . . .... ........ .... .. . .. .. . .56 Electronic Climate Control ... . .. . ... .. ... .. 6-33 FrontTowing .. . . . Fan Knob... . . .... .. .. . .... . ... .6-16 6-4 Ethanol . . . . .. . ..9.. 2-54 Coolant Temperature Light . . . 19. . 6-33 ... 6-12 Additives ..... . ..... . . . .... . . . 6-16 Checking .. . . . . .... ... ... ... . . .. . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . .. .. . . ... 2-42 Fluids and Lubricants . . ....... . ... .. .15. . .. .. . . . . . .. .. . .... Hazard Warning . . ..... . .. 2-54 Fuel .. .. .. .. .. . . . . ... ..... . . . ...... . ... .. Adding . . . ... . . . . . .. ... ... ... ... . . . . . ..6-57 Gages Engine Coolant Temperature . . . ... . Fuel . . ......... .. .10 Coolant . .. . ..... .. .. .. . .. . .. . ... .. .. .. . ... . . . . 6-56 OilLevelCheck .14 Engine Oil .. ...... ... ... .. .. . . ... . ... .... . . . ... . .... . . 7-37 Coolant Temperature Gage .. . .... .. .. . . .. .... . ..... . 6. . .. . . . . . ... 2-16 GloveBox .15 Coolant Level Check . . . . .... . .. ... ......... .. . ... ... . . . . . .... . .. . ... .. . . .. .. ... .. .. ... .. . . ..... . . . .. ... 6-3 Canadian . ... 2-34 Fabric Cleaning .. .... . 5-13 Running While Parked . . . ... . . ... .. .. .. .. Fuel . ..... . . . ... .. . .. ... ... . 6-54 First Gear. . .... . ... .. 6-12 Used .... ..... . .... . .. .. .. .2-60 GAWR . . .... . . .. .. . . . .. . ... .. 2...... . . . . ... . .. . .. . . . .... . .. ... . . . . . . ...... .3...... . . . . ... .. . . . . .. . . Engine .. . . ... .4-30 Gear Positions... ... . . .. ..... . .6-5 Gage ... ... ..... . ....6-17 Filter.. ... .. .... 6-5 Filter.... .. . ....... . . . .. .. .... . . . .. .. ..

... . . .. K e y Lock Cylinders Service .. .. .. ... . . ... .. . ... ...... . 2-6 Leaving Your Vehicle with the Engine Running ... . .. . . . .. .... .. . .. 4-23 Hitches. .. .. . .. . ... ..46. .. . . ..... .. .. 2-27 Hydroplaning . .... .. .. . .... .... .... .... . ... . . ... .. .... . ... .... ... .... . ... .. . ... 6-8 Horn . . .. . .. ... .. .. ... . .. ...Halogen Bulbs . . . . . . ... .. . 5-2 HeadRestraints ..... . . . . .. . . ... .. . . ... . .. ....... . . .. ... ... . . . .. . .. 2-29 On Reminder . ...... .. .. ....... . . ... . .. ... 2-23 2-41 Lighter . .. . . .. . . .. .. ... . ... . . .. . .... . . .... .. . .... . . . . ..... 2-36 Inflation.. ... .... . ... ... . . . .. ..... .... .. .. . . . .. . 6-57 HearingDamage .... .. . ... 2. .... . ... . . . . .. .. . .4-19 Ignition Positions . .. 7-41 Front Drive Axle Boot . .. . 6-50 Cluster . ... ........ .. .. ... ... . . . . . . ... ...... . .. ... ... .. . . . .. ... . . . .. . . . .... . .. ... . . .. . .......... . . ... .. . .. .. ... .. . . ... ...... .. .... .. . . .... .. ... 6-32 High/Low Beam Changer ..... 2-35 Cleaning . .... . . ... . .. . . . . . ... .. .. ..... . Customer Assistance ........ . . ... . 4r29 Vehicle Identification Number ........ .. ....... . ..... .. .. 8-4 Heating . 2-38 Inspections . .. . . . . . .. .. ... . . .. .. . .. ... .. .. .. ..... . . . .. 7-41 Steering .7-41 Brakesystem .. ... .. . . . ... . . ....... . . . .. . . ... .. ... ...... ..... . . . .... .. ... .. .. . .. .. Keys . .. ...2-29 Highway Hypnosis . .. ... ... . . .. .. ..... .... .... . . .. 2. ... 6-56 Lamps . .... 3-4 High-Beam Headlamps . .. . . . .. .. . . .. . . .. . . . . .. .. . . ... . . . . ... .. .. . ... .. . . . .. . .... . . .7-41 Suspension .. Tire . . . . ..13 Illumination... . ....... . .. 4-30 Service Parts Identification . .. . .. ... .. . . ... .. . . . . . . . . . .... .. . . . .. .. . . . . .. . . ... . . ......... . . . . Sustained Interior . . .. .... ... .. .. . .... .. .. 5-26 5-3 7-38 2-14 2-2 Labels Certification .... . .. .... .. ...... ... . . . Exterior . .. .. ... .. ...... . .. . .. .. .. ......... .. . ... .. . . .. . .. . . .7-41 ExhaustSystems . .. . 6-32 Hazard Warning Flashers . . .. . ..... . .... 2-34 2-35 Courtesy . .. ... . . . . . ... . . .. . . .. . ... . .. . . . . 2-35 Jack. ... . . ... .6-57 Interior Lamps ... . . . ... . . . .. .. . .6-40 Inside Daymight Rearview Mirror ... . ... . . ..47 FuseBlock .. . . .... .. . .. .. . .... ...... . . . .... ... . . .. . .. ...... .. ...... . . .. .... .. ... ..7-41 Radiator and Heater Hose ... .. . . .. .. . . . . .. .. . .. .. . .. . .. .. . . . ... .... . . .. .. .. .7-41 Instrumentpanel . .... . . . 2-34 Interior . ..... . ... 2-34 Leaving Your Vehicle . .. . . .. .. . . . . . . .. . .. .. . .. 1-5 Headlamps . .. . . ... .. ...... . .. 3-18 Hearing Impaired.. .. .. .. . . . .. .... ..... .. .... ... ... .. ...... . ... Jump Starting ... . . . . 6-7 Release ... . . ..... . .. . . ... . .. ......... . ..... .. 6-56 Tire-Loading Information . Key Reminder Warning ... . .. ...... 7-41 Front Drive Axle Seal . . .. . .... . ..... . 4-23 HillandMountainRoads .. .. .. .... . .. . .... .. . . .. . ... .... .... . ... ... . .. . . . . . . . . 4-34 Hood Checking Things Under . . . .... . ... . . ... .. . . .. .... ... .. .. .. . . . .. ...... . .. Tire ... .. ... .. . .. .. .. .. .. . . . . . . .. ....... 2-44 Brightness Control . ... 7-41 Throttle Linkage . . . . ... . . . . . . .. Trailer . . ... .. .. .. .. . . . ..... .. . .. 2-34 Wiring .. 2... .. ...2-34 Bulb Replacement .. ... . . . ... . . . .. . . . .. .. .... ... . ... .. .. .. .. . . 2-35 On Reminder ..... .... . . . .. . . .. .

....... .. Security . .... .... .. . .... ..... ....... .. ......... .4...... . ......... .. . ... ..... ..... . . ... ....... . . . ... .... Manual Remote Control . Door .....58.... 7-4 7-7 Short Trip/City ..... . . .... .. .. . .. .... .. 7-6 Owner Checks and Services ..... . .. . Long Tripmighway Definition . Normal Replacement Parts . ........ .. . . . ..... . ............. ............... . ............... .... . .. .. ... . .4.... .... .. ..... 2-38 Power Outside . ...... .. ..... ......... 2. . . ....... . ... .. Window ...... .... .. .... ..... .... .... 7-42 Scheduled Maintenance Services . .. .... .. ................ 7-40 2-10 Trunk ... .. ... ... .. .. . . 2-53 Interior ........................ .. ............... .. .......... ... ............... ... . 7-5 Short Trip/City Intervals .. ..... ......... ... ...52..... ... . . ..... ...... 4-23 Multifunction Lever .......... ...... . ... .6.. . .. 2-37 Convex Outside . ..... .... Maintenance. ....... .. .... .... .. ........ 7-5 Maintenance........ ..... . . . . ............ . .53. .. ... ... . .... . ... . 2.... .......... .. . ..... ... ... .. . ...... ...................9 Anti-Lock Brake System Warning .... ...... .. . ... .......................... . . .. ... . . .. . ..51.. .. . .. . . ............6.......29 2-59 ChangeOilSoon . 2.... .. .... ..... Climate Control System ... .49 Safety Belt Reminder .. . 2-27 4-14 Loss of Control .. ..24 Low Oil Level Warning ....... .. ......... .. 7-37 Periodic Maintenance Inspections .. .......... ... . Engine Coolant Temperature ....... 7-44 Maintenance Schedule .. ....... .. 7-42 7-38 Lubrication Service....... ...... 6-4 Mode Knob... .... . .. . ........ 2-55 ManualFrontSeat . ...... ..... ..... 7-38 2-5 PowerDoor .54............. 1-2 2-38 Manual Remote Control Mirror .... .. ....... ........ 6-4 Methanol ....8 Brake SystemWarning .... 2-55 4-29 Loading YourVehicle .... 1.. .... 2-38 Visorvanity . .... .... ..... . .. 2-4 Key Lock Cylinder Service ... ... 2-5 Steering Column Park Lock Check ..... 2.... .. 1. ....... 2-59 Service Engine Soon .. 2...6... .. .7-6 Long Tripmighway Intervals ..... ..... .... 7-1 7-27 Long Tripmighway .... 2-4 7-38 Cylinders .... .. .... .....7.... ...6. ..... ... ... .... ... 2-39 2-38 Inside Daymight Rearview .... .... Short Trip/City Definition ... . .... ........ . . .......... Locks ...... 2. 3-3 MountainRoads . ..... ..6.. ..... ...... ..... ..... . . . ... .. .... .. .2.54.11 2-57 Oil Warning .... ... ......... .... 4-38 Malfunction Indicator Lamp .. ... .. . ......... .... ... 6-54 Maintenance When Trailer Towing . .... .. 2-42 MMT .. ... .. ...... .. ... ............. ...... . ....58. ..... . . ........... .. ... 2-35 Low Coolant Warning . . ......11 Lubricants and Fluids . .... . . ... ............ . ...... . ...... ..2.. . ..... Low Coolant Warning Light .... . ....... .... 7-41 Recommended Fluids and Lubricants .... .... .. Mirrors . ......... Underbody . .. .......... . ............... ...... ........ 2... ....... .. . . .. .21. . .... 2-50 Charging System .... ....... .... .... . ........ . . .... ... ... ..... .... ............... .... ........... .... 6-66 MaintenanceRecord . .. .. .. .. ........ .Lights Air Bag Readiness . . RearDoorSecurity . . 2-28 9-6 .. .. . .... .. ....50 Anti-Lock Brake System Active . ..... .. ... .. .....24 Low Oil Level Warning Light ...... Body .........

. With a Trailer .. . .............................. ..... ................ .... ... 9-7 ... . ......... .............. ................... Park Automatic Transaxle . ................... ...... ............. ............... Leaving ......... ................................... .. . Passenger Position ....................................................... .. .......................... Lots . 8-12 Radiator . 1-4 4-10 Steering ...12 Owner Publications..... ... Ordering .... .. . .............. ... .. ..... ..... 2-38 1-4 Reclining Front Seatbacks .... 5-1 Publications...... ...................7 1-30 Safety Belt Comfort Guides .. ..................................... ........... Shifting Out of .... Oil Warning Light ... .. ............. ........ ... .......17 2-21 2-24 2-11 2-20 7-40 2-11 2-25 4-37 4-38 1-20 . ....... ............... ... 3-18 Radios .................... ................... . 2-48 Odometer.. 4-13 Passing .............. . . 4.... ........... 2-57 Overdrive. .... 7-41 Power Door Locks ............. ............. 5-20 Radiator Pressure Cap ...... 6-57 Outside Mirror .......... .. ...... 7-37 8... .. .......... ....... Chemical ...........13 Owner Checks and Services... Steering Fluid .... 4-19 2-37 ReadingLamps .......... Brake and Automatic Transaxle PARK (P) Mechanism Check ......... Neutral..Insi‘de Daymight .......... 2-38 Seat . ....... ................ ... ......................... Shifting Into . .........18 Overheating Engine ...... 2-5 OptionFuses ........... ........... Automatic Transaxle .......... .......... PASS-Key I1 2-11 Periodic Maintenance Inspections ... ... ... Brake .......................... .................. 1... ........ . New Vehicle “Break-In” . . ............... .........................13 4-16 Odometer ....... ... 2-41 2............ 2-5 Outside Seat Position ...........18 2. .... Engine ... OtherTips .......6.... Rear Door Security Locks . 5-11 3-5 WindowDefogger ..... 6-25 Radio Reception . Rearview Mirror....... .............. 6-54 2........................ 5.... ...... 6-26 2-27 Windows .. ...... ... ............ ................... ............ ............................... SeatPassengers ................ ..... 2-48 Off-Road Recovery ......... Parking On Hills.. Nightvision ................ ........ ...............................50 ........ ... ..... .......... Parking AtNight ....... .............. 1-19 Problems on the Road ...... .............. 3-6 Rain... ......... . ..... 12 .... .... ..... ........ ............. ......... Pregnancy.............. Convenience ........ ................ 4-17 Rain......................... .. Trip ..........2......... 1-27 Towing ...... .. ....... .... Over Things That Burn ................. Service and Owner .... Driving In ....... .......................... ...N e t .. . ... P a i n t Spotting.... ...................... .................. ...... .......... ....... ............. Use of Safety Belts .................12 6-11 Oil.... Automatic Transaxle ....... ...


..... . ..... .... .... ..... .... ... .. .. ...... ...... .. ...... vm Synchronization...... .... . 6-2 Service and Appearance Care .. .. . . .Vehicle .12 Parts Identification Label .. 3-17 Storage Compartments . . . ... ... 8. .... .. . .. ... . . . .. . .. .. . . .. ..... .. . . 3. . ... . 6-65 Speech Impaired.... .. . . ... . .. ... ......Engine .. .. ..... .... ....... . . ... . . ..... . .... .... ..... ..... . 2-21 2-24 OutofPark . . 2. ..... . .. ...... ...... 6-37 TapePlayerCare ......12 EngineSoonLight ... ... ... 2.... ..... . ... .... ...... . .. ....... 4-10 Column Park Lock Check ..... . . ....... .. . .... .. Adding..... .. ... ... . . ........ 4-10 Tips ........ .... .. . ..... ..... . . .... ..... . ....... ....... .. ..... . .......... ... ...... . Tilt . .. .. ... ... .. Ordering .. . .. .... .. .... .. .. .................. .... . .... ..... . . . . Ordering . 5-13 Steering ...... .. ... ...... ... ..... .. Ice or Snow ...... .. . .... . .... .. ... ... . ... . .. . 3-15 Thermostat .... Starter Switch Check .. . ...... . ... . Ordering in Canada ... .. Symbols.. . .... ... . ..... ... ..... . . ... .. . .. .. 6-56 Publications. .. . . .. ... ... . .. ... . ..... . .... . ...... .. ........ 5-36 Sunvisors .. .. ... . . ...... .. . .... . 1... .. Remote Keyless Entry . ...1 1 Service . Shoulder Belt Height Adjuster ....... .. . ...... ...... .. . . Mud... ... 8. ..... 8.. .... . ... . ... ... ...... 2-29 4-14 Skidding ... ... .... . ... . .... . Climate Control System . 2-48 Taillamp Bulb Replacement . .. ... ....... .. . .. ...... .. ... ..... .. 3-19 Temperature Control.... .... 6-31 Stuck: In Sand. ...... . .. . ........... .. .. . ......... . ... .. . .. 7-40 In Emergencies . . . .. . .... . . .. ....... .. ... .. ......... ...... . .. .. . .. .. ... ......... ... ..12 Publications..1 Service and Owner Publications . . . .... ....... ... . . ... .......... ...14 SignalingTurns ... 8-4 2-48 Speedometer .. .... .. . ... 2-41 Sunroof .... ...... 6-25 2-28 Tilt Steering Wheel .. .......... .. . Customer Assistance .. ............. . .. .. . .... ...... .. .... ... .... .. . . 2-14 Steam . 8. ..... .. ............. . .............. . . . .. .. .. .... .... ........ .. .. ....... 6-54 ShiftLever ... ........... .. .. . . . . . .... ..... . . .. ... .. .. .. . .. . . Doing Your Own . ... .. .. 4-10 Wheel. ... . .... ... .. . .. . 5-28 Specifications and Capacities .19 Spare Tire Compact ............. . ... 5-35 Removing the Flat Tire and Installing the Spare Tire .. .. .. Sound Equipment.. ... ... . . ........ .. 7-39 Starting Your Engine ...... . .... .. .. .. 2-10 3-15 Theft-Deterrent Feature ... . ... ...... . 2-43 . 2-28 Steering Wheel Audio Controls .. .. .. .... .. .. .... .. ..... ... .. .. . .... ...... ... 6............. ... ........ ... .... . .... . .... ..16 Into Park (P) ..... . . 8-12 Service Publications ..... ...... ... 6-64 Specifications. 4-29 TM 9-9 .... . ... ... .. .. ...... .. ..... . ... ...... 3-5 6-46 Tirechains .. .... ... .. .. . ......... ... ..... ... ... .. ..... . .. ....... Vehicle ... ... ... .. . TireLoading .. ...... .. .11 Work.. .. . 2-9 Tachometer . .. .. . 3-2 Theft ... .. ... ... 4-29 Tire-Loading Information Label .. ...... . .. .. .. Ordering . .. 8... .. Setting the ... .... ... . THEFTLOCK . 2-39 Storage..... ... .............. .. . ... ... . .. .. . .... Cleaning .. . . .... .. .... 4-11 Power ...... . 6-47 Stains.... ... 1-25 Sheet Metal Damage ... 2-55 Manuals. .. .. .. 6-2 Bulletins.. 2-59 Security System .. . . . ..... .. .. .... . ...SecurityLight .12 Servicing Your Air Bag-Equipped Chevrolet . .. ..... . ... .... ... . . .. ... ...... . ..... ... .... ... ...... .... Time. ..... . . 2-16 Shifting Automatic Transaxle ... .... .. ..... .. ..

...... .................... . . ....... ... .. 4-38 Maintenance When Towing . Remote ............... 4-37 Driving on Grades .......... .... . ............ . Wheel Nut ........ .. ........... ..... Treadwear ....... .... .. ... 4-37 4-33 Weight ... .. ..... .. . .... . . ... 5-32 4-31 Towing a Trailer .. ........... .. ... . ........... ...60.. . ...... ... Trailer 4-36 Backingup . 6-43 Chains .... 4-36 MakingTurns .. .......... . .. 4-34 Towing .. ............ 2-24 Torque.......... ................. .. ParkingonHills .... ... ........ ........... ... .. .. ....... ......................... .. ......... Remote Keyless Entry . 5-33 ... ..... .... 6-46 ChangingaFlat .... ... ... ......... .... ... Automatic . ........ ..... 5-25 Storing the Flat Tire and Tools ....... 4-35 Brakes .62 9-10 .. ... ....... ... 6-40 Inflationcheck ...... 6-44 Uniform Quality Grading ... . . .......2-28 Turn Signals When Towing a Trailer ..... . ....................... .... 1-49 TorqueLock . 2-48 TrUnk Lock .. ....... ........ . ..... .........................Tires .......... ... .. ... 5-24 Cleaning ....... 4-35 FollowingDistance ..... ....... . ..... ....... ........... ............... 5-34 Temperature .... ...... 6-44 6-44 Traction .. ...... ......... 6-45 6-42 When It’s Time for New . ....... Transaxle Fluid.. ..... ................... .......................................... . UnderbodyMaintenance .. ........ ..... .......... 4-31 Turnsignals ............ 8-4 Turn Signal and Lane Change Signals........... TTYUsers .. ......... ..... 6-4 1 4-29 Loading ... ... .... ...... .. ....... .......... ........ ..... 4-35 Tongueweight ....... ..... . ... .... .................... ... ............ ..................... ... 7-37 Inspection and Rotation ............... 2-10 2-10 Release. .... .. 4-36 Safety Chains ..................... ....... . 6-54 Compact Spare ...................... .. 6............... . 6-54 Underhood Electrical Center .... 5-8 Towing Your Vehicle . ..... ........ ................... .... 2-6 Transportation..... 6-42 WearIndicators .... . . Wheel Replacement ......... 4-37 Passing ... ... ......... .. .... ..... .......... ... . ....... ......... . 4-33 Total Weight on Tires ................................... .... Driving with ............ ........ ....... ...... .. ........... ........ ...... .............. Storing the Spare Tire and Tools. ............. 5-35 Inflation ......... ............. Before Leaving ........ .... 4-36 4-34 Hitches . . 8-8 Trip. ..................Courtesy ............. 6-43 6-46 Used Replacement Wheels .. ............. .. . ... ...... 6-45 BuyingNew ........... Pressure .. . ............ ... ......... ........ 6-39 Alignment and Balance .... ...... .......................... ......................... .... . 6-40 Removing the Spare Tire and Tools.... .... . .... .... ......... .... .... ...... .... .. . ............6.... 6-18 Transmitters.. .. . .. ... .. .... ...... TopStrap ........... ... 2-29 Turn SignaUMultifunction Lever .. ......................... .... .... ...................... 4-37 7-40 Underbody Flushing Service ..... ... .. ............. . . ........... ..... .. ... .. ...... ....... 4-22 Trip Odometer .... ............... ...... .. .... . ........ ..... .... ....... .. ... .... . ...

. .. . 5-8 Wrench... .. .. . . .... . .... . .. ...... . . . . 7-37 Windshield Wipers . 5-3 Warning Lights..... . .. . . ..... .. .. . . .. .. . . . .. .10 Washing Your Vehicle . . .... ... ... . .. . .. .. 2-41 w a r n i n g Devices .... . .. . . .. .. ... .. . . .. .... . . .. .... .... . ... . ...... ... . . ... . . . .. .. . .... . . .. . . ... . .... ... .. .. vi11 Ventilation System ... . ... . ... .. . ........ . 5-26 Window Lock Out .. . ... ...... 2-27 Power .. ... . 6-52 Weatherstrips . . .... . . .... . ... .. ....6-56 Loading . . 6-57 Winter Driving ....... . 2-49 Warranty Information .. ... .... ..... Symbols .. .. . .. .. .. ..... . .. .... .. . ... ... Gages and Indicators ....... ..... .. . . . . . ... . ... . .. . . ... .. vii Dimensions . .... . ... Wheel . ... .. .. . . .. .. .......... .Vehicle Control .. .. .. .... ... 6-39 Fuses .. . ..... .. ..4-29 Storage .. 4-25 Wiper Blade Check ... . .. .... ........ . .... . ... .. . .. . .. 6-57 WreckerTowing . .... ... .. .... .. . . .. . .. .. ..... . .. . .. . ... ... . . . .... . . . .. ... ...... . .. . . 6-3 1 . . . 2-27 Windows ... .. . Wrench .. .. . . .. . ...... . .. .. ..... . 3-4 VisorVanity Mirrors . . .. ... .... ... . . . . . . . .. .. .. . 2-41 Visors.. .. . . ... .. .. ...... ... .. .. .. . 8.. .... .. . .. 4-6 Damagewarnings ..2..... . .. ... ..... ... ...... .... .. .. . 2-30 Fluid .. ... . .. . . .... .. ... ... .. . .. ....... . .... 5-32 6-45 Replacement . .... . . ... .. .. . . . ... . 6-45 NutTorque .. ... ... . ... . . . .. ... . .. ... .... .. . .. Sun ... . . . . .. .... . .. . .. .. .. 2-27 WindshieldWasher ... .. . . .. . ..... . .. .. ... .. . . .. .27 FluidLevelCheck . . . ... . .6-52 Wheel Alignment .. . .... .... .. . .. . .. . . . ...30. . . ... . 4-1 9-11 . . .... ... . ... . . . .. ... . .... .. .... . .. 7-38 Wiring..... .. . . .. . .. .. . .... .. . . ..... Headlamp ... . . . 5-26 Y o u r Driving and the Road . .... . . ..... ... .. . . ... ... . . ...... . .. . ... .. .. . .. ... .... . ....... .. .. .. ... .. .. . .... ... . 6. . ..... .. .. . . . .... .. ..... .. . ... .... ... . . . . . . . ..... . ... .. .. ... ... .. ... .. . .. ... . ... 2-30 BladeReplacement . .. . .. .. ...6-66 IdentificationNumber ... .... ... 2-27 Auto-Down . . . .. ...... ... . .. .. . . ... . .... . . .. ... .. ..

0 Service Station Checkpoints ENGINE COOLANT RESERVOIR P5-17 AND P6-22 TI RES P6-39 ENGINE OIL DIPSTICK P6-11 SECONDARY HOOD RELEASE WINDSHIELD WASHER FLUID REMOTE P6-8 P6-27 P6-6 EATERY TERMINAL P5-3 HOOD FUEL TRUNK REMOTE RELEASE RELEASE P2-10 DOOR For detailed information. or see the Index in the back the owner's manual. of 9-12 .refer to the page numberlisted.